all | frequencies |
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 3.85 MiB | ||||
1 2 |
|
User Manual 1 | Users Manual | 778.67 KiB | ||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 | Internal Photos | |||||||
1 2 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 | Parts List/Tune Up Info | |||||||
1 2 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 | Internal Photos |
1 2 | User Manual | Users Manual | 3.85 MiB |
A03113 Owners Manual 2016 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries All rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be copied, in whole or in part, without the written consent of Garmin. Garmin reserves the right to change or improve its products and to make changes in the content of this manual without obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes or improvements. Go to www.garmin.com for current updates and supplemental information concerning the use of this product. Garmin, the Garmin logo, BlueChart, g2 Vision, VIRB, Ultrascroll, FUSION, and MapSource are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries, registered in the USA and other countries. GPSMAP, GXM, GCV, GMR, Fantom, FUSION-Link, MotionScope, Shadow Drive, Garmin Quickdraw, SmartMode, Garmin LakeV, Panoptix, Garmin Connect, Garmin ClearV, Garmin Helm, GRID, and HomePort are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license. iOS is a registered trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. used under license by Apple Inc. microSD and the microSDHC logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United Stations and other countries. NMEA, NMEA 2000, and the NMEA 2000 logo are registered trademarks of the National Marine Electronics Association. SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio Inc. WiFi is a registered mark of Wi-Fi Alliance Corporation. FLIR is a registered trademark of FLIR Systems, Inc. CZone is a trademark of Power Products, LLC. All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Table of Contents Introduction.....................................................................1 Device Overview......................................................................... 1 Keys....................................................................................... 1 Tips and Shortcuts...................................................................... 1 Getting More Information............................................................ 1 Inserting Memory Cards............................................................. 1 Software Update......................................................................... 1 Loading the New Software on a Memory Card...................... 1 Updating the Device Software............................................... 1 GPS Satellite Signals..................................................................2 Selecting the GPS Source..................................................... 2 Customizing the Chartplotter........................................ 2 Home Screen.............................................................................. 2 Adding an Item to the Favorites Screen................................ 2 Customizing Pages..................................................................... 2 Customizing the Favorites Screen......................................... 2 Customizing the Layout of a SmartMode or Combination Page.......................................................................................2 Customizing a Combination Screen.......................................2 Adding a SmartMode Layout................................................. 3 Adding a Custom Combination Screen.................................. 3 Deleting a Combination Screen............................................. 3 Customizing the Data Overlays............................................. 3 Resetting the Station Layouts................................................ 3 Creating a Shortcut with a Shortcut Key..................................... 3 Presets........................................................................................3 Saving a New Preset............................................................. 3 Managing Presets.................................................................. 3 Setting the Vessel Type.............................................................. 3 Adjusting the Backlight............................................................... 3 Adjusting the Color Mode........................................................... 3 Charts and 3D Chart Views........................................... 4 Navigation Chart and Offshore Fishing Chart............................. 4 Selecting an Item on the Map Using the Device Keys........... 4 Selecting a Map..................................................................... 4 Measuring a Distance on the Chart....................................... 4 Chart Symbols....................................................................... 4 Showing a Different Chart...................................................... 4 Creating a Waypoint on the Chart..........................................4 Navigating to a Point on the Chart......................................... 4 Viewing Location and Object Information on a Chart............ 4 Viewing Details about Navaids.............................................. 5 Heading Line and Angle Markers.......................................... 5 Setting the Heading and Course Over Ground Lines....... 5 Turning on Angle Markers................................................. 5 Premium Charts.......................................................................... 5 Viewing Tide Station Information........................................... 5 Animated Tide and Current Indicators.............................. 5 Showing Tides and Current Indicators.............................. 6 Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart.............. 6 Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks..................................... 6 Automatic Identification System..................................................6 AIS Targeting Symbols.......................................................... 6 Heading and Projected Course of Activated AIS Targets...... 6 Showing AIS and MARPA Vessels on a Chart or on a 3D Chart View............................................................................. 7 Activating a Target for an AIS Vessel.................................... 7 Viewing Information about a Targeted AIS Vessel........... 7 Deactivating a Target for an AIS Vessel........................... 7 Viewing a List of AIS Threats................................................. 7 Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm................................... 7 AIS Distress Signals.............................................................. 7 Navigating to a Distress Signal Transmission................... 7 AIS Distress Signal Device Targeting Symbols................ 7 Enabling AIS Transmission Test Alerts............................. 7 Turning Off AIS Reception..................................................... 7 AIS Display Settings.............................................................. 7 Chart and 3D Chart View Settings.............................................. 8 Navigation and Fishing Chart Setup...................................... 8 Waypoints and Tracks Settings on the Charts and Chart Views..................................................................................... 8 Chart Appearance Settings.................................................... 8 Other Vessels Settings on the Charts and Chart Views........ 9 Laylines Settings.................................................................... 9 Fish Eye 3D Settings............................................................. 9 Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping..................... 9 Mapping a Body of Water Using the Garmin Quickdraw Contours Feature........................................................................ 9 Adding a Label to a Garmin Quickdraw Contours Map.............. 9 Garmin Quickdraw Community................................................... 9 Accessing the Garmin Quickdraw Community.......................9 Sharing Your Garmin Quickdraw Contours Maps with the Garmin Quickdraw Community............................................ 10 Downloading Garmin Quickdraw Community Maps............ 10 Garmin Quickdraw Contours Settings...................................... 10 Navigation with a Chartplotter.................................... 10 Basic Navigation Questions...................................................... 11 Destinations.............................................................................. 11 Searching for a Destination by Name.................................. 11 Selecting a Destination Using the Navigation Chart............ 11 Searching for a Marine Services Destination....................... 11 Stopping Navigation............................................................. 11 Waypoints................................................................................. 11 Marking Your Present Location as a Waypoint.................... 11 Creating a Waypoint at a Different Location........................ 11 Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen.......................... 11 Creating a Waypoint on the Chart....................................... 11 Marking an SOS Location.................................................... 11 Viewing a List of all Waypoints............................................ 11 Editing a Saved Waypoint.................................................... 11 Moving a Saved Waypoint................................................... 11 Browsing for and Navigating to a Saved Waypoint.............. 12 Deleting a Waypoint or an MOB.......................................... 12 Deleting All Waypoints......................................................... 12 Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To........... 12 Routes...................................................................................... 12 Creating and Navigating a Route from Your Present Location............................................................................... 12 Creating and Saving a Route............................................... 12 Viewing a List of Routes and Auto Guidance Paths............ 12 Editing a Saved Route......................................................... 12 Browsing for and Navigating a Saved Route....................... 12 Browsing for and Navigating Parallel to a Saved Route...... 13 Deleting a Saved Route....................................................... 13 Deleting All Saved Routes................................................... 13 Auto Guidance.......................................................................... 13 Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path.................... 13 Creating and Saving an Auto Guidance Path...................... 13 Adjusting a Saved Auto Guidance Path............................... 13 Canceling an Auto Guidance Calculation in Progress......... 13 Setting a Timed Arrival.........................................................13 Auto Guidance Path Configurations.................................... 14 Adjusting the Distance from Shore..................................14 Tracks....................................................................................... 14 Showing Tracks................................................................... 14 Setting the Color of the Active Track................................... 14 Saving the Active Track....................................................... 14 Viewing a List of Saved Tracks............................................ 14 Editing a Saved Track.......................................................... 14 Table of Contents i Saving a Track as a Route...................................................15 Browsing for and Navigating a Recorded Track.................. 15 Deleting a Saved Track........................................................15 Deleting All Saved Tracks.................................................... 15 Retracing the Active Track................................................... 15 Clearing the Active Track..................................................... 15 Managing the Track Log Memory During Recording........... 15 Configuring the Recording Interval of the Track Log........... 15 Boundaries................................................................................15 Creating a Boundary............................................................ 15 Converting a Route to a Boundary...................................... 15 Converting a Track to a Boundary....................................... 15 Editing a Boundary...............................................................15 Setting a Boundary Alarm.................................................... 15 Deleting a Boundary............................................................ 15 Synchronizing User Data Across the Garmin Marine Network.....................................................................................16 Deleting All Saved Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks................. 16 Sailing Features............................................................ 16 Setting the Vessel Type............................................................ 16 Sail Racing................................................................................16 Starting Line Guidance........................................................ 16 Setting the Starting Line.................................................. 16 Using the Starting Line Guidance................................... 16 Starting the Race Timer....................................................... 16 Stopping the Race Timer..................................................... 16 Setting the Distance between the Bow and the GPS Antenna................................................................................16 Laylines Settings.......................................................................16 Setting the Keel Offset.............................................................. 17 Sailboat Autopilot Operation..................................................... 17 Wind Hold............................................................................ 17 Setting the Wind Hold Type............................................ 17 Engaging Wind Hold....................................................... 17 Engaging Wind Hold from Heading Hold........................ 17 Adjusting the Wind Hold Angle with the Autopilot........... 17 Tack and Gybe.....................................................................17 Tacking and Gybing from Heading Hold......................... 17 Tacking and Gybing from Wind Hold.............................. 17 Setting a Tack and Gybe Delay...................................... 17 Enabling the Gybe Inhibitor............................................. 17 Sonar............................................................................. 17 Sonar Views..............................................................................18 Traditional Sonar View......................................................... 18 Garmin ClearV Sonar View................................................ 18 SideV Sonar View.............................................................. 18 SideV/ClearV Scanning Technology........................... 18 Split-Screen Sonar Views.................................................... 18 Split-Zoom Sonar View........................................................ 18 Split-Frequency Sonar View................................................ 18 Panoptix Sonar Views.......................................................... 19 LiveV Down Sonar View................................................19 LiveV Forward Sonar View............................................19 RealV 3D Forward Sonar View..................................... 19 RealV 3D Down Sonar View......................................... 19 RealV 3D Historical Sonar View....................................19 FrontV Sonar View........................................................ 19 Changing the Sonar View.................................................... 20 Selecting the Transducer Type................................................. 20 Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen............................... 20 Measuring Distance on the Sonar Screen................................ 20 Pausing the Sonar Display....................................................... 20 Viewing Sonar History.............................................................. 20 Sonar Sharing........................................................................... 20 Selecting a Sonar Source.................................................... 20 Renaming a Sonar Source...................................................20 Adjusting the Level of Detail..................................................... 20 Adjusting the Color Intensity..................................................... 20 Adjusting the Range of the Depth Scale................................... 21 Setting the Zoom Level on the Sonar Screen........................... 21 Setting the Scroll Speed........................................................... 21 Sonar Frequencies................................................................... 21 Selecting Frequencies......................................................... 21 Creating a Frequency Preset............................................... 21 Customizing the Panoptix Sonar Views.................................... 21 Adjusting the Appearance of the LiveV Sonar Views........ 22 Setting the LiveV Transducer Transmit Angle................... 22 Adjusting the RealV Viewing Angle and Zoom Level......... 22 Adjusting the Appearance of the RealV Sonar Views........ 22 Adjusting the RealV Sweep Speed.................................... 22 Calibrating the Compass......................................................22 Turning On the A-Scope........................................................... 22 Sonar Setup.............................................................................. 22 Sonar Settings..................................................................... 22 RealV Sonar Settings.........................................................22 LiveV Sonar Settings......................................................... 22 Sonar Noise Rejection Settings........................................... 23 Sonar Appearance Settings................................................. 23 Sonar Alarm Settings........................................................... 23 Advanced Sonar Settings.................................................... 23 Transducer Installation Settings...........................................23 Sonar Recordings..................................................................... 24 Recording the Sonar Display............................................... 24 Stopping the Sonar Recording............................................. 24 Deleting a Sonar Recording................................................. 24 Playing Sonar Recordings................................................... 24 Depth and Water Temperature Graphs.................................... 24 Setting the Depth and Water Temperature Graph Range and Time Scales......................................................................... 24 Radar............................................................................. 24 Changing the Radar Mode....................................................... 24 Transmitting Radar Signals...................................................... 24 Stopping the Transmission of Radar Signals....................... 25 Setting Up the Timed Transmit Mode.................................. 25 Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone............ 25 Adjusting the Radar Range...................................................... 25 Tips for Selecting a Radar Range........................................ 25 Marking a Waypoint on the Radar Screen................................ 25 MotionScope Doppler Radar Technology............................. 25 Enabling a Guard Zone............................................................ 25 Defining a Circular Guard Zone........................................... 25 Defining a Partial Guard Zone............................................. 25 Disabling a Guard Zone....................................................... 26 MARPA..................................................................................... 26 MARPA Targeting Symbols................................................. 26 Assigning a MARPA Tag to an Object................................. 26 Removing a MARPA Tag from a Targeted Object............... 26 Viewing Information about a MARPA-tagged Object........... 26 Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats.......................... 26 Showing AIS Vessels on the Radar Screen........................ 26 VRM and EBL...................................................................... 26 Showing the VRM and the EBL...................................... 26 Adjusting the VRM and the EBL..................................... 26 Measuring the Range and Bearing to a Target Object... 26 Radar Overlay...........................................................................27 Radar Overlay and Chart Data Alignment........................... 27 Echo Trails................................................................................ 27 Turning on Echo Trails......................................................... 27 Adjusting the Length of the Echo Trails............................... 27 Clearing the Echo Trails.......................................................27 Optimizing the Radar Display................................................... 27 Radar Gain and Clutter........................................................ 27 ii Table of Contents Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically........ 27 Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Manually............... 27 Minimizing Nearby Large-Object Interference.................27 Minimizing Side-Lobe Interference on the Radar Screen............................................................................. 27 Adjusting Sea Clutter on the Radar Screen Automatically................................................................... 28 Adjusting Sea Clutter on the Radar Screen Manually..... 28 Adjusting Rain Clutter on the Radar Screen................... 28 Reducing Cross Talk Clutter on the Radar Screen......... 28 Radar Options Menu............................................................ 28 Radar Setup Menu............................................................... 28 Radar Appearance Settings................................................. 28 Radar Installation Settings................................................... 28 Front-of-Boat Offset........................................................ 29 Setting a Custom Park Position...................................... 29 Selecting a Different Radar Source.......................................... 29 Autopilot........................................................................ 29 Opening the Autopilot Screen................................................... 29 Autopilot Screen....................................................................... 29 Adjusting the Step Steering Increment................................ 29 Setting the Power Saver...................................................... 29 Enabling Shadow Drive.................................................... 29 Engaging the Autopilot............................................................. 29 Adjusting the Heading with the Helm................................... 29 Adjusting the Heading with the Chartplotter in Step Steering Mode.................................................................................... 29 Steering Patterns...................................................................... 30 Following the U-Turn Pattern............................................... 30 Setting Up and Following the Circles Pattern...................... 30 Setting Up and Following the Zigzag Pattern...................... 30 Following the Williamson Turn Pattern................................ 30 Following an Orbit Pattern................................................... 30 Setting Up and Following the Cloverleaf Pattern................. 30 Setting Up and Following a Search Pattern......................... 30 Cancelling a Steering Pattern.............................................. 30 Digital Selective Calling............................................... 30 Networked Chartplotter and VHF Radio Functionality.............. 30 Turning On DSC....................................................................... 30 DSC List....................................................................................30 Viewing the DSC List........................................................... 30 Adding a DSC Contact......................................................... 31 Incoming Distress Calls............................................................ 31 Navigating to a Vessel in Distress....................................... 31 Man-Overboard Distress Calls Initiated from a VHF Radio....................................................................................31 Man-Overboard and SOS Distress Calls Initiated from the Chartplotter.......................................................................... 31 Position Tracking...................................................................... 31 Viewing a Position Report.................................................... 31 Navigating to a Tracked Vessel........................................... 31 Creating a Waypoint at the Position of a Tracked Vessel.... 31 Editing Information in a Position Report.............................. 31 Deleting a Position-Report Call............................................ 31 Viewing Vessel Trails on the Chart...................................... 31 Individual Routine Calls............................................................ 31 Selecting a DSC Channel.................................................... 31 Making an Individual Routine Call....................................... 32 Making an Individual Routine Call to an AIS Target............ 32 Gauges and Graphs..................................................... 32 Viewing the Gauges..................................................................32 Changing the Data Shown in a Gauge................................ 32 Customizing the Gauges......................................................32 Customizing Engine Gauge and Fuel Gauge Limits............ 32 Viewing Engine and Fuel Gauges............................................ 32 Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges........... 32 Customizing the Engines Shown in Gauges........................ 32 Enabling Status Alarms for Engine Gauges........................ 32 Enabling Some Engine Gauge Status Alarms..................... 32 Setting the Fuel Alarm.............................................................. 32 Setting the Fuel Capacity of the Vessel............................... 32 Synchronizing the Fuel Data with the Actual Vessel Fuel... 33 Viewing the Wind Gauges........................................................ 33 Configuring the Sailing Wind Gauge.................................... 33 Configuring the Speed Source............................................. 33 Configuring the Heading Source of the Wind Gauge........... 33 Customizing the Close-Hauled Wind Gauge....................... 33 Viewing Trip Gauges................................................................ 33 Resetting Trip Gauges......................................................... 33 Viewing Graphs........................................................................ 33 Setting the Graph Range and Time Scales......................... 33 Battery Management................................................................ 33 Setting Up the Battery Management Page.......................... 33 Tide, Current, and Celestial Information.................... 34 Tide Station Information............................................................34 Current Station Information.......................................................34 Celestial Information................................................................. 34 Viewing Tide Station, Current Station, or Celestial Information for a Different Date................................................................... 34 Viewing Information for a Different Tide or Current Station...... 34 Viewing Almanac Information from the Navigation Chart......... 34 Warning Manager......................................................... 34 Viewing Messages.................................................................... 34 Sorting and Filtering Messages................................................ 34 Saving Messages to a Memory Card........................................34 Clearing all of the Messages.................................................... 34 Media Player................................................................. 34 Opening the Media Player........................................................ 34 Icons.................................................................................... 34 Selecting the Media Source...................................................... 34 Playing Music............................................................................34 Browsing for Music...............................................................34 Enabling Alphabetical Search......................................... 35 Setting a Song to Repeat..................................................... 35 Setting All Songs to Repeat................................................. 35 Setting Songs to Shuffle...................................................... 35 Adjusting the Volume................................................................ 35 Enabling and Disabling Zones............................................. 35 Muting the Media Volume.................................................... 35 VHF Radio................................................................................ 35 Scanning VHF Channels......................................................35 Adjusting the VHF Squelch.................................................. 35 Radio........................................................................................ 35 Setting the Tuner Region..................................................... 35 Changing the Radio Station................................................. 35 Changing the Tuning Mode................................................. 35 Presets................................................................................. 35 Saving a Station as a Preset........................................... 35 Selecting a Preset........................................................... 35 Removing a Preset..........................................................35 DAB Playback........................................................................... 35 Setting the DAB Tuner Region............................................ 35 Scanning for DAB Stations.................................................. 35 Changing DAB Stations....................................................... 35 Selecting a DAB Station from a List................................ 36 Selecting a DAB Station from a Category....................... 36 DAB Presets........................................................................ 36 Saving a DAB Station as a Preset.................................. 36 Selecting a DAB Preset from a List................................. 36 Removing DAB Presets.................................................. 36 Table of Contents iii SiriusXM Satellite Radio........................................................... 36 Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID.............................................. 36 Activating a SiriusXM Subscription...................................... 36 Customizing the Channel Guide.......................................... 36 Saving a SiriusXM Channel to the Presets List................... 36 Unlocking SiriusXM Parental Controls................................. 36 Setting Parental Controls on SiriusXM Radio Channels......................................................................... 36 Changing a Parental Passcode on a SiriusXM Radio..... 36 Restoring Default Parental Control Settings Values....... 36 Clearing All Locked Channels on a SiriusXM Radio....... 36 Setting the Device Name.......................................................... 37 Updating the Media Player Software........................................ 37 SiriusXM Weather......................................................... 37 SiriusXM Equipment and Subscription Requirements.............. 37 Weather Data Broadcasts.........................................................37 Changing the Weather Chart.................................................... 37 Viewing Precipitation Information............................................. 37 Precipitation Views...............................................................37 Storm Cell and Lightning Information....................................... 37 Hurricane Information............................................................... 37 Weather Warnings and Weather Bulletins................................ 37 Forecast Information................................................................. 37 Viewing Forecast Information for Another Time Period....... 38 Weather Fronts and Pressure Centers................................ 38 Viewing a Marine Forecast or an Offshore Forecast........... 38 City Forecasts...................................................................... 38 Viewing Sea Conditions............................................................ 38 Surface Winds......................................................................38 Wave Height, Wave Period, and Wave Direction................ 38 Viewing Forecast Sea Conditions Information for Another Time Period..........................................................................38 Viewing Fishing Information......................................................38 Surface Pressure and Water Temperature Data................. 38 Forecasting Fish Locations.................................................. 38 Changing the Sea Surface Temperature Color Range........ 39 Visibility Information.................................................................. 39 Viewing Forecast Visibility Information for Another Time Period...................................................................................39 Viewing Buoy Reports.............................................................. 39 Viewing Local Weather Information near a Buoy................. 39 Creating a Waypoint on a Weather Chart................................. 39 Weather Overlay....................................................................... 39 Turning On the Weather Overlay on a Chart....................... 39 Weather Overlay Settings on the Navigation Chart............. 39 Weather Overlay Settings on the Fishing Chart.................. 39 Viewing Weather Subscription Information............................... 39 Viewing Video............................................................... 39 Selecting a Video Source......................................................... 39 Alternating Among Multiple Video Sources......................... 39 Networked Video Devices.........................................................40 Using Video Presets on Networked Video Cameras........... 40 Saving Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera... 40 Naming Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera........................................................................... 40 Activating Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera........................................................................... 40 Camera Settings.................................................................. 40 Video Settings...................................................................... 40 Associating the Camera to a Video Source......................... 40 Video Camera Movement Control........................................40 Controlling Video Cameras Using On-Screen Controls........................................................................... 40 Creating a Combination with Video Functions.......................... 40 Configuring the Video Appearance........................................... 41 Controlling the VIRB Action Camera with the Chartplotter.... 41 VIRB Action Camera Settings.............................................. 41 VIRB Action Camera Video Setup Settings......................... 41 Adding the VIRB Action Camera Controls to Other Screens................................................................................ 41 Controlling the VIRB Action Camera Video Playback.......... 41 Deleting a VIRB Video.................................................... 41 Starting a VIRB Video Slideshow........................................ 41 Device Configuration................................................... 42 Turning On the Chartplotter Automatically............................... 42 System Settings........................................................................ 42 Station Settings.................................................................... 42 Viewing System Software Information................................. 42 Viewing the Event Log.................................................... 42 Preferences Settings................................................................ 42 Units Settings....................................................................... 42 Navigation Settings.............................................................. 42 Auto Guidance Path Configurations................................ 42 Adjusting the Distance from Shore..................................43 Communications Settings......................................................... 43 NMEA 0183 Settings............................................................43 Configuring NMEA 0183 Output Sentences................... 43 Setting the Communication Format for Each NMEA 0183 Port..................................................................................43 NMEA 2000 Settings............................................................43 Naming Devices and Sensors on the Network............... 44 Marine Network.................................................................... 44 Setting Alarms.......................................................................... 44 Navigation Alarms................................................................ 44 Setting the Anchor Drag Alarm....................................... 44 System Alarms..................................................................... 44 Sonar Alarm Settings........................................................... 44 Setting Weather Alarms....................................................... 44 Setting the Fuel Alarm......................................................... 44 My Vessel Settings................................................................... 44 Setting the Keel Offset......................................................... 44 Setting the Water Temperature Offset................................. 45 Calibrating a Water Speed Device....................................... 45 Other Vessels Settings............................................................. 45 Restoring the Original Chartplotter Factory Settings................ 45 Communication with Wireless Devices...................... 45 WiFi Network........................................................................ 45 Setting Up the WiFi Wireless Network................................ 45 Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter............... 45 Changing the Wireless Channel.......................................... 45 Changing the WiFi Host...................................................... 45 Wireless Remote Control.......................................................... 46 Pairing the Wireless Remote Control With the Chartplotter.......................................................................... 46 Turning On and Off the Remote Backlight........................... 46 Disconnecting the Remote from All Chartplotters................ 46 Using the Garmin Helm Application with the Chartplotter........ 46 Connecting a quatix Watch to the Chartplotter...................... 46 Connecting a Garmin Nautix Device to the Chartplotter....... 46 Chartplotter Data Management................................... 46 Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks from HomePort to a Chartplotter............................................................................... 46 Selecting a File Type for Third-Party Waypoints and Routes... 46 Copying Data from a Memory Card.......................................... 46 Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks to a Memory Card.... 46 Copying Built-In Maps to a Memory Card................................. 47 Backing Up Data to a Computer............................................... 47 Restoring Backup Data to a Chartplotter.................................. 47 Saving System Information to a Memory Card......................... 47 Appendix....................................................................... 47 Registering Your Device........................................................... 47 iv Table of Contents Digital Switching....................................................................... 47 Pairing the GRID Remote Input Device with the Chartplotter... 47 Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the Chartplotter.......................................................................... 47 Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the GRID Device.................................................................................. 47 Rotating the GRID Joystick.................................................. 47 Cleaning the Screen................................................................. 47 Viewing Images on a Memory card.......................................... 47 Screenshots.............................................................................. 47 Capturing Screenshots........................................................ 47 Copying Screenshots to a Computer................................... 48 Troubleshooting........................................................................ 48 My device will not acquire GPS signals............................... 48 My device will not turn on or keeps turning off..................... 48 My device is not creating waypoints in the correct location.................................................................................48 NMEA 2000 PGN Information...................................................48 NMEA 0183 Information........................................................... 49 Software License Agreement................................................... 49 Index.............................................................................. 50 Table of Contents v Introduction WARNING See the Important Safety and Product Information guide in the product box for product warnings and other important information. Not all features are available on all models. Device Overview Keys HOME Turn/Select Knob FOCUS SELECT MARK/SOS Power key Knob Device keys Arrow keys Shortcut keys Select to return to the home screen. Hold to turn on and off the device. Press to adjust the backlight. Tap to open autopilot standby. Turn to zoom in or out of a view. Turn to highlight options in menus. Press to select a highlighted option. Press to move a highlight to a different section of a page. Press to move a highlight to a different function or window on a combination page. Select to acknowledge messages and select options. Press to highlight options in menus. Select to pan on a chart or sonar screen. Select to save the present location as a waypoint. Hold for one second to mark an SOS location when connected to a VHF radio, and begin a route back to the location. Shortcut keys Hold to create shortcuts to selected functions. NAV INFO BACK MENU Select to open a shortcut to a selected function. Select to display navigation information such as points of interest, user data, and tides and celestial information. Select to return to the previous screen. Select to open or close a menu of options for a page. Tips and Shortcuts Hold Select HOME from any screen to return to the Home screen. Select MENU from any main screen to access additional to turn the chartplotter on. settings about that screen. Select MENU to close the menu when finished. Select Select to adjust the backlight. and select Power Off to turn the chartplotter off. Introduction Turn the knob to highlight options. Turn the knob to zoom in or out of a screen. Hold a numbered key to create a shortcut to a screen. Getting More Information If you have any questions about your device, you can contact Garmin Product Support. The website, www.garmin.com/support, offers many different troubleshooting tips to help resolve most issues and answer most questions. Frequently-asked questions (FAQs) Software updates Owner's and installation manuals Service alerts Video Contact numbers and addresses Inserting Memory Cards You can use optional memory cards in the chartplotter. Map cards allow you to view high-resolution satellite imagery and aerial reference photos of ports, harbors, marinas, and other points of interest. You can use blank memory cards to record sonar data and transfer data such as waypoints, routes, and tracks to another compatible Garmin chartplotter or a computer. 1 Open the access flap or door on the front of the chartplotter. 2 Insert the memory card. 3 Press the card in until it clicks. 4 Close the door. Software Update You may need to update the device software when you install the device or add an accessory to the device. Loading the New Software on a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot on the computer. 2 Go to www.garmin.com/support/software/marine.html. 3 Select Download next to GPSMAP Series with SD Card. 4 Read and agree to the terms. 5 Select Download. 6 Select Run. 7 Select the drive associated with the memory card, and select Next > Finish. Updating the Device Software Before you can update the software, you must obtain a software-update memory card or load the latest software onto a memory card. 1 Turn on the chartplotter. 2 After the home screen appears, insert the memory card into the card slot. 1 NOTE: In order for the software update instructions to appear, the device must be fully booted before the card is inserted. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. 4 Wait several minutes while the software update process completes. 5 When prompted, leave the memory card in place and restart the chartplotter manually. 6 Remove the memory card. NOTE: If the memory card is removed before the device restarts fully, the software update is not complete. GPS Satellite Signals When you turn on the chartplotter, the GPS receiver must collect satellite data and establish the current location. When the chartplotter acquires satellite signals, appears at the top of the Home screen. When the chartplotter loses satellite signals, disappears and a flashing question mark appears over on the chart. For more information about GPS, go to www.garmin.com
/aboutGPS. Selecting the GPS Source You can select your preferred source for GPS data, if you have more than one GPS source. 1 Select Settings > System > GPS > Source. 2 Select the source for GPS data. Customizing the Chartplotter Home Screen The chartplotter home screen provides access to all of the features in the chartplotter. The features are dependant on the accessories you have connected to the chartplotter. You may not have all of the options and features discussed in this manual. The categories along the right of the screen provide quick access to the main features of your chartplotter. For example, the Sonar category displays the views and pages related to the sonar feature. You can save items you commonly access to the Favorites category. All of the options along the bottom of the home screen are visible on all other screens, except for the Settings button. The Settings button is accessible only from the home screen. When viewing another screen, you can return to the home screen by selecting HOME. When multiple displays are installed on the Garmin Marine Network, you can group them together into a station. A station enables the displays to work together, instead of as several separate displays. When you select HOME on one display, each display in the station returns to the home screen. You can customize the layout of the pages on each display, making each page different on each display. When you change the layout of a page in one display, the changes appear on only that display. When you change the name and symbol of the layout, those changes appear on all displays in the station, to maintain a consistent appearance. The SmartMode items are geared toward an activity, such as cruising or docking. When a SmartMode button is selected from the home screen, each display in the station can show unique information. For example, when Cruising is selected from the home screen, one display can show the navigation chart and another display can show the radar screen. Adding an Item to the Favorites Screen You can add items such as a chart, combo screen, or gauge to your favorites screen. Highlight an item, and hold SELECT. The selected item appears on your favorites screen. Customizing Pages Customizing the Favorites Screen You can add items to and rearrange items on the Favorites screen. 1 From the Favorites screen, select MENU 2 Select an option:
To rearrange an item, select Rearrange and use the arrow keys to select the new location. To remove an item you have added to the Favorites screen, select Remove Favorite, highlight the item, and select SELECT. Customizing the Layout of a SmartMode or Combination Page You can customize the layout and data shown in the combination pages and SmartMode layouts. When you change the layout of a page in a display you are interacting with, the change appears only on that display, except for the SmartMode name and symbol. When you change the SmartMode name or symbol for the layout, the new name or symbol appears on all displays in the station. 1 Open a page to customize. 2 Select MENU. 3 Select Edit Layout or Edit Combo. 4 Select an option:
To change the name, select Name or Name & Symbol >
Name, enter a new name, and select Done. To change the SmartMode symbol, select Name &
Symbol > Symbol, and select a new symbol. To change the number of functions shown and the layout of the screen, select Layout, and select an option. To change the function of a portion of the screen, select the area to change, and select a function from the list on the right. To change how the screens are split, drag the arrows to a new location. To change the data shown on the page and additional data bars, select Edit Overlays, and select an option. To assign a preset to a portion of the SmartMode screen, select Presets > Include, and select a preset from the list on the right. Customizing a Combination Screen 1 Open a page to customize. 2 Select MENU > Edit Combo. 3 Select an option:
To change the name, select Name, and enter a new name. To change the arrangement of the information on the screen, select Layout, and select a new layout. To customize the data shown on the screen, select Overlays, and select an option. To resize the information areas shown on the screen, use the arrow keys, and select FOCUS to exit. 2 Customizing the Chartplotter Adding a SmartMode Layout You can add SmartMode layouts to suit your needs. Each customization made to one SmartMode layout for the home screen in a station appears on all displays in the station. 1 From the home screen, select SmartMode > MENU > Add Layout. 2 Select an option:
To change the name, select Name & SymbolName, enter a new name, and select Done. To change the SmartMode symbol, select Name &
Symbol > Symbol, and select a new symbol. To change the number of functions shown and the layout of the screen, select Layout, and select an option. To change the function of a portion of the screen, select the area to change, and select a function from the list on the right. To change how the screens are split, drag the arrows to a new location. To change the data shown on the page and additional data bars, select Edit Overlays, and select an option. To assign a preset to a portion of the SmartMode screen, select Presets > Include, and select a preset from the list on the right. Adding a Custom Combination Screen You can create a custom combination screen to suit your needs. 1 Select Combos > MENU > Add Combo. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Deleting a Combination Screen 1 From the combination screen, select MENU > Delete Combo. 2 Highlight a combination, and select SELECT. Customizing the Data Overlays You can customize the data shown on a screen. 1 Select an option based on the type of screen you are viewing:
From a full screen view, select MENU > Edit Overlays. From a combination screen, select MENU > Edit Combo
> Edit Overlays. From a SmartMode screen, select MENU > Edit Layout >
Edit Overlays. TIP: To quickly change the data shown in an overlay box, hold the overlay box. 2 Select an item to customize the data and data bar:
To change the data shown in an overlay box, select the overlay box, select the new data to show, and select BACK. To select the location and layout of the data overlay bar, select Data, and select an option. To customize the information shown when navigating, select Navigation, and select an option. To turn on other data bars, like the media controls, select Top Bar or Bottom Bar, and select the necessary options. 3 Select Done. Resetting the Station Layouts You can restore the factory default layouts for all stations. Select Settings > System > Station Information > Reset Stations. Creating a Shortcut with a Shortcut Key You can quickly open commonly used screens by creating a shortcut. You can create a shortcut to screens such as radar and sonar screens, charts, gauges, and the media player. 1 Open a screen. 2 Hold a shortcut key, and select OK. TIP: The shortcut is also saved to your favorites page with the shortcut key number.
, Presets A preset is a collection of settings that optimize the screen or view. You can use particular presets to optimize groups of settings for your activity. For example, some settings might be optimal for when you are fishing, and others might be optimal for when you are cruising. Presets are available on some screens, such as charts, sonar views, and radar views. To select a preset for a compatible screen, select MENU >
and select the preset. When you are using a preset and you make changes to the settings or view, you can save the changes to the preset or create a new preset based on the new customizations. Saving a New Preset After you have customized the settings and view of a screen, you can save the customization as a new preset. 1 From a compatible screen, change the settings and view. 2 Select MENU >
3 Enter a name, and select Done. Managing Presets You can customize the pre-loaded presets and edit presets you created. 1 From a compatible screen, select MENU >
2 Select a preset. 3 Select an option:
> Save > New.
> Manage. To rename the preset, select Rename, enter a name, and select Done. To edit the preset, select Edit, and update the preset. To delete the preset, select Delete. To reset all presets to factory settings, select Reset All. Setting the Vessel Type You can select your boat type to configure the chartplotter settings and to use features customized for your boat type. 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Vessel Type. 2 Select an option. Adjusting the Backlight 1 Select Settings > System > Sounds and Display >
> Backlight from any screen to open the Backlight. TIP: Select backlight settings. 2 Select an option:
Adjust the backlight level. Select Auto. Adjusting the Color Mode 1 Select Settings > System > Sounds and Display > Color Mode. TIP: Select any screen to access the color settings.
> Sounds and Display > Color Mode from 2 Select an option. Customizing the Chartplotter 3 Charts and 3D Chart Views The charts and 3D chart views that are available depend on the map data and accessories used. You can access the charts and 3D chart views by selecting Charts. Navigation Chart: Shows navigation data available on your pre-
loaded maps and from supplemental maps, if available. The data includes buoys, lights, cables, depth soundings, marinas, and tide stations in an overhead view. Perspective 3D: Provides a view from above and behind the boat (according to your course) and provides a visual navigation aid. This view is helpful when navigating tricky shoals, reefs, bridges, or channels, and is beneficial when trying to identify entry and exit routes in unfamiliar harbors or anchorages. Mariners Eye 3D: Shows a detailed, three-dimensional view from above and behind the boat (according to your course) and provides a visual navigation aid. This view is helpful when navigating tricky shoals, reefs, bridges, or channels, and when trying to identify entry and exit routes in unfamiliar harbors or anchorages. NOTE: Mariner's Eye 3D and Fish Eye 3D chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. Fish Eye 3D: Provides an underwater view that visually represents the sea floor according to the chart information. When a sonar transducer is connected, suspended targets
(such as fish) are indicated by red, green, and yellow spheres. Red indicates the largest targets and green indicates the smallest. Fishing Chart: Provides a detailed view of the bottom contours and depth soundings on the chart. This chart removes navigational data from the chart, provides detailed bathymetric data, and enhances bottom contours for depth recognition. This chart is best for offshore deep-sea fishing. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. Radar Overlay: Superimposes radar information on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart, when the chartplotter is connected to a radar. This feature is not available with all models. Navigation Chart and Offshore Fishing Chart NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. The Navigation and Fishing charts allow you to plan your course, view map information, and follow a route. The Fishing chart is for offshore fishing. To open the Navigation chart, select Charts > Nav. Chart. To open the Fishing chart, select Charts > Fishing. Selecting an Item on the Map Using the Device Keys 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select , , to move
, or the cursor. 2 Select SELECT. Selecting a Map If your product has both BlueChart g2 and Garmin LakeV HD built-in maps, you can select which map to use. Not all models have both types of built-in maps. 1 From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Built-in Map. 2 Select an option:
When you are on an inland lake, select LakeV HD. When you are offshore, select BlueChart g2. Measuring a Distance on the Chart 1 From a chart or the Radar overlay, select a location. 2 Select Measure Distance. A push pin appears on the screen at your present location. The distance and angle from the pin is listed in the corner. TIP: To reset the pin and measure from the current location of the cursor, select SELECT. Chart Symbols This table contains some of the common symbols you might see on the detailed charts. Icon Description Buoy Information Marine services Tide station Current station Overhead photo available Perspective photo available Other features common to most charts include depth contour lines, intertidal zones, spot soundings (as depicted on the original paper chart), navigational aids and symbols, obstructions, and cable areas. Showing a Different Chart 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with a chart, select MENU > Navigation Chart Menu > Change Chart. 2 Select a chart or 3D chart view. Creating a Waypoint on the Chart 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select a location or object, and select SELECT. A list of options appears along the right side of the chart. The options that appear vary based on the location or object you selected. 2 Select New Waypoint. Navigating to a Point on the Chart 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a location. 2 Select SELECT > Navigate To. Viewing Location and Object Information on a Chart You can view information about a location or an object on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a location or object. A list of options appears along the right side of the chart. The options that appear vary based on the location or object you selected. 4 Charts and 3D Chart Views 2 Select an option:
To navigate to the selected location, select Navigate To. To mark a waypoint at the cursor location, select New Waypoint. To view the distance and bearing of the object from your current location, select Measure Distance. The distance and bearing appear on the screen. Select SELECT to measure from a location other than your current location. To view tide, current, celestial, chart notes, or local services information near the cursor, select Information. Viewing Details about Navaids From the Navigation chart, Fishing chart, Perspective 3D chart view, or Mariners Eye 3D chart view, you can view details about various types of navigation aids, including beacons, lights, and obstructions. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Mariner's Eye 3D and Fish Eye 3D chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select a navaid. 2 Select the name of the navaid. Heading Line and Angle Markers The heading line is an extension drawn on the map from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel. Angle markers indicate relative position from the heading or course over ground, which are helpful for casting or finding reference points. Setting the Heading and Course Over Ground Lines You can show the heading line and the course over ground
(COG) line on the chart. COG is your direction of movement. Heading is the direction the bow of the boat is pointed, when a heading sensor is connected. 1 From a chart view, select MENU > Chart Setup > Chart Appearance > Heading Line. 2 If necessary, select Source, and select an option:
To automatically use the source available, select Auto. To use the GPS antenna heading for COG, select GPS Heading (COG). To use data from a connected heading sensor, select Heading. To use data from both a connected heading sensor and the GPS antenna, select COG and Heading. This displays both the heading line and the COG line on the chart. 3 Select Display, and select an option:
Select Distance > Distance, and enter the length of the line shown on the chart. Select Time > Time, and enter the time used to calculate the distance your boat will travel in the specified time at your present speed. Turning on Angle Markers You can add angle markers to the map along the heading line. Angle markers can be helpful for casting when fishing. 1 Set the heading line (Setting the Heading and Course Over Ground Lines, page 5). 2 Select Angle Markers. Premium Charts The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom CAUTION clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. NOTE: Not all models support all charts. Optional premium charts, such as BlueChart g2 Vision, allow you to get the most out of your chartplotter. In addition to detailed marine charting, premium charts may contain these features, which are available in some areas. Mariners Eye 3D: Provides a view from above and behind the boat for a three-dimensional navigation aid. Fish Eye 3D: Provides an underwater, three-dimensional view that visually represents the sea floor according to the information on the chart. Fishing Charts: Shows the chart with enhanced bottom contours and without navigational data. This chart works well for offshore deep-sea fishing. High Resolution Satellite Imagery: Provides high-resolution satellite images for a realistic view of the land and water on the Navigation chartShowing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart, page 6. Aerial Photos: Shows marinas and other navigationally significant aerial photos to help you visualize your surroundingsViewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks, page 6. Detailed Roads and POI data: Shows detailed road and point of interest (POI) data, which includes highly detailed coastal roads and POIs such as restaurants, lodging, and local attractions. Auto Guidance: Uses specified information about your vessel and chart data to determine the best path to your destination. Viewing Tide Station Information on the chart indicates a tide station. You can view a detailed graph for a tide station to help predict the tide level at different times or on different days. NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a tide station. Tide direction and tide level information appear near
. 2 Select the station name. Animated Tide and Current Indicators NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can view indicators for animated tide station and current direction on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. You must also enable animated icons in the chart settings (Showing Tides and Current Indicators, page 6). An indicator for a tide station appears on the chart as a vertical bar graph with an arrow. A red arrow pointing downward indicates a falling tide, and a blue arrow pointing upward indicates a rising tide. When you move the cursor over the tide station indicator, the height of the tide at the station appears above the station indicator. Current direction indicators appear as arrows on the chart. The direction of each arrow indicates the direction of the current at a specific location on the chart. The color of the current arrow indicates the range of speed for the current at that location. When you move the cursor over the current direction indicator, the specific current speed at the location appears above the direction indicator. Color Yellow Orange Red Current Speed Range 0 to 1 knot 1 to 2 knots 2 or more knots Charts and 3D Chart Views 5 Showing Tides and Current Indicators NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can show static or animated tide and current station indicators on the Navigation chart or Fishing chart. 1 From the Navigation or Fishing chart, select MENU > Chart Setup > Tides & Currents. 2 Select an option:
To show current station indicators and tide station indicators on the chart, select On. To show animated tide station indicators and animated current direction indicators on the chart, select Animated. Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can overlay high-resolution satellite images on the land or on both land and sea portions of the Navigation chart. NOTE: When enabled, high-resolution satellite images are present only at lower zoom levels. If you cannot see high-
resolution images in your optional chart region, you can select to zoom in. You also can set the detail level higher by changing the map zoom detail. 1 From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Chart Setup >
Photos. 2 Select an option:
Select Land Only to show standard chart information on the water, with photos overlaying the land. Select Photo Map Blend to show photos on both the water and the land at a specified opacity. Use the slider bar to adjust the photo opacity. The higher you set the percentage, the more the satellite photos cover both land and water. Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks Before you can view aerial photos on the Navigation chart, you must turn on the Photo setting in the chart setup. NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can use aerial photographs of landmarks, marinas, and harbors to help orient yourself to your surroundings or to acquaint yourself with a marina or a harbor prior to arrival. 1 From the Navigation chart, select a camera icon:
To view an overhead photo, select To view a perspective photo, select
. The photo was taken from the location of the camera, pointed in the direction of the cone. 2 Select Aerial Photo. Automatic Identification System The Automatic Identification System (AIS) enables you to identify and track other vessels, and alerts you to area traffic. When connected to an external AIS device, the chartplotter can show some AIS information about other vessels that are within range, that are equipped with a transponder, and that are actively transmitting AIS information. The information reported for each vessel includes the Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI), location, GPS speed, GPS heading, time that has elapsed since the last position of the vessel was reported, nearest approach, and time to the nearest approach. Some chartplotter models also support Blue Force Tracking. Vessels being tracked with Blue Force Tracking are indicated on the chartplotter with a blue-green color. AIS Targeting Symbols Symbol Description AIS vessel. The vessel is reporting AIS information. The direction in which the triangle is pointing indicates the direction in which the AIS vessel is moving. Target is selected. Target is activated. The target appears larger on the chart. A green line attached to the target indicates the heading of the target. The MMSI, speed, and direction of the vessel appear beneath the target, if the details setting has been set to Show. If the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, a message banner appears. Target is lost. A green X indicates that the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, and the chartplotter displays a message banner asking whether the vessel should continue to be tracked. If you discontinue vessel tracking, the lost target symbol disappears from the chart or the 3D chart view. Dangerous target in range. The target flashes while an alarm sounds and a message banner appears. After the alarm has been acknowledged, a solid red triangle with a red line attached to it indicates the location and the heading of the target. If the safe-zone collision alarm has been set to Off, the target flashes, but the audible alarm does not sound and the alarm banner does not appear. If the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, a message banner appears. Dangerous target is lost. A red X indicates that the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, and the chartplotter displays a message banner asking whether the vessel should continue to be tracked. If you discontinue vessel tracking, the lost dangerous target symbol disappears from the chart or the 3D chart view. The location of this symbol indicates the closest point of approach to a dangerous target, and the numbers near the symbol indicate the time to the closest point of approach to that target. NOTE: Vessels being tracked with the Blue Force Tracking feature are indicated with a blue-green color regardless of their status. Heading and Projected Course of Activated AIS Targets When heading and course over ground information are provided by an activated AIS target, the heading of the target appears on a chart as a solid line attached to the AIS target symbol. A heading line does not appear on a 3D chart view. The projected course of an activated AIS target appears as a dashed line on a chart or a 3D chart view. The length of the projected course line is based on the value of the projected heading setting. If an activated AIS target is not transmitting speed information, or if the vessel is not moving, a projected course line does not appear. Changes in the speed, course over ground, or rate of turn information transmitted by the vessel can impact the calculation of the projected course line. When course over ground, heading, and rate of turn information are provided by an activated AIS target, the projected course of the target is calculated based on the course over ground and the rate of turn information. The direction in which the target is turning, which is also based on the rate of turn information, is indicated by the direction of the barb at the end of the heading line. The length of the barb does not change. When course over ground and heading information are provided by an activated AIS target, but rate of turn information is not provided, the projected course of the target is calculated based on the course over ground information. 6 Charts and 3D Chart Views Showing AIS and MARPA Vessels on a Chart or on a 3D Chart View Before you can show AIS vessels on a chart, you must have an external AIS device and active transponder signals from other vessels. Mini Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (MARPA) functionality works with radar. You can configure how other vessels appear on a chart or on a 3D chart view. The display range and MARPA settings configured for one chart or one 3D chart view are applied only to that chart or to that 3D chart view. The details, projected heading, and trails settings configured for one chart or one 3D chart view are applied to all charts and to all 3D chart views. 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select MENU > Other Vessels > Display Setup. 2 Select an option:
To indicate the distance from your location in which AIS vessels appear, select Display Range, and select a distance. To show MARPA-tagged vessels, select MARPA > Show. To show details about AIS-activated and MARPA-tagged vessels, select MARPA > Show. To set the projected heading time for AIS-activated and MARPA-tagged vessels, select Proj. Heading, and enter the time. To show the tracks of AIS vessels, select the length of the track that appears using a trail, select Trails, and select the length. Activating a Target for an AIS Vessel 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Activate Target. Viewing Information about a Targeted AIS Vessel You can view the AIS signal status, MMSI, GPS speed, GPS heading, and other information that is reported about a targeted AIS vessel. 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel. Deactivating a Target for an AIS Vessel 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Deactivate. Viewing a List of AIS Threats From a chart or 3D chart view, select MENU > Other Vessels > List. Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm Before you can set a collision alarm, you must have a compatible chartplotter connected to an AIS device or radar. The safe-zone collision alarm is used only with AIS and MARPA. MARPA functionality works with radar. The safe zone is used for collision avoidance and can be customized. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Collision Alarm > On. A message banner appears and an alarm sounds when a MARPA-tagged object or an AIS-activated vessel enters the safe-zone area around your boat. The object is also labeled as dangerous on the screen. When the alarm is off, the message banner and audible alarm are disabled, but the object is still labeled as dangerous on the screen. 2 Select Range. 3 Select a distance for the safe-zone radius around your vessel. 4 Select Time To. 5 Select a time at which the alarm will sound if a target is determined to intersect the safe zone. For example, to be notified of a pending intersection 10 minutes before it will likely occur, set Time To to 10, and the alarm will sound 10 minutes before the vessel intersects the safe zone. AIS Distress Signals Self-contained AIS distress signal devices transmit emergency position reports when activated. The chartplotter can receive signals from Search and Rescue Transmitters (SART), Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRB), and other man overboard signals. Distress signal transmissions are different than standard AIS transmissions, so they appear differently on the chartplotter. Instead of tracking a distress signal transmission for collision avoidance, you track a distress signal transmission to locate and assist a vessel or person. Navigating to a Distress Signal Transmission When you receive a distress signal transmission, a distress signal alarm appears. Select Review > Go To to begin navigation to the transmission. AIS Distress Signal Device Targeting Symbols Symbol Description AIS distress signal device transmission. Select to see more information about the transmission and begin navigation. Transmission lost. Transmission test. Appears when a vessel initiates a test of their distress signal device, and does not represent a true emergency. Transmission test lost. Enabling AIS Transmission Test Alerts To avoid a large number of test alerts and symbols in crowded areas such as marinas, you can select to receive or ignore AIS test messages. To test an AIS emergency device, you must enable the chartplotter to receive test alerts. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > AIS. 2 Select an option:
To receive or ignore Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPRIB) test signals, select AIS-EPIRB Test. To receive or ignore Man Overboard (MOB) test signals, select AIS-MOB Test. To receive or ignore Search and Rescue Transponder
(SART) test signals, select AIS-SART Test. Turning Off AIS Reception AIS signal reception is turned on by default. Select Settings > Other Vessels > AIS > Off. All AIS functionality on all charts and 3D chart views is disabled. This includes AIS vessel targeting and tracking, collision alarms that result from AIS vessel targeting and tracking, and the display of information about AIS vessels. AIS Display Settings NOTE: AIS requires the use of an external AIS device and active transponder signals from other vessels. From a chart or 3D chart view, select MENU > Other Vessels >
Display Setup. Display Range: Indicates the distance from your location within which AIS vessels appear. MARPA: Shows details about AIS-activated vessels. Proj. Heading: Sets the projected heading time for AIS-
activated vessels. Trails: Shows the tracks of AIS vessels, and select the length of the track that appears using a trail. Charts and 3D Chart Views 7 Chart and 3D Chart View Settings NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and 3D chart views. Some options require premium maps or connected accessories, such as radar. These settings apply to the charts and 3D chart views, except the radar overlay and Fish Eye 3D (Fish Eye 3D Settings, page 9). From a chart or a 3D chart view, select MENU. Waypoints and Tracks: See Waypoints and Tracks Settings on the Charts and Chart Views, page 8. Other Vessels: See Other Vessels Settings on the Charts and Chart Views, page 9. Quickdraw Contours: Turns on bottom contour drawing, and allows you to create fishing map labels. Surface Radar: Shows surface radar details on the Perspective 3D or Mariner's Eye 3D chart views. Weather Radar: Shows weather radar imaging on the Perspective 3D or Mariner's Eye 3D chart views. Navaids: Shows navigational aids on the Fishing chart. Sailing: When in sailing mode, adjusts the laylines (Laylines Settings, page 9) and starting line guidance. Chart Setup: See Navigation and Fishing Chart Setup, page 8. Chart Appearance: See Chart Appearance Settings, page 8. This might appear in the Chart Setup menu. Edit Overlays: See Customizing the Data Overlays, page 3. This might appear in the Chart Setup menu. Navigation and Fishing Chart Setup NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and 3D chart views. Some settings require external accessories or applicable premium charts. From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select MENU >
Chart Setup. Photos: Shows high-resolution satellite images on the land or on both land and sea portions of the Navigation chart, when certain premium maps are used Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart, page 6. Water Overlay: Enables relief shading, which shows the gradient of the bottom with shading, or sonar imagery, which helps identify the density of the bottom. This feature is available only with some premium maps. Tides & Currents: Shows current station indicators and tide station indicators on the chart Showing Tides and Current Indicators, page 6 and enables the tides and current slider, which sets the time for which tides and currents are reported on the map. Roses: Shows a compass rose around your boat, indicating compass direction oriented to the heading of the boat. A true wind direction or apparent wind direction indicator appears if the chartplotter is connected to a compatible marine wind sensor. When in sailing mode, true and apparent wind are shown on the wind rose. Lake Level: Sets the present water level of the lake. This feature is available only with some premium maps. Inset Map: Shows a small map centered on your present location. Weather: Sets which weather items are shown on the chart, when the chartplotter is connected to a compatible weather receiver with an active subscription. Requires a compatible, connected antenna and an active subscription. Chart Appearance: See Chart Appearance Settings, page 8. Waypoints and Tracks Settings on the Charts and Chart Views From a chart or a 3D chart view, select MENU > Waypoints and Tracks. Tracks: Shows tracks on the chart or 3D chart view. Waypoints: Shows the list of waypoints (Viewing a List of all Waypoints, page 11). New Waypoint: Creates a new waypoint. Waypoint Display: Sets how to display waypoints on the chart. Active Tracks: Shows the active track options menu. Saved Tracks: Shows the list of saved tracks (Viewing a List of Saved Tracks, page 14). Tracks Display: Sets which tracks to display on the chart based on track color. Chart Appearance Settings You can adjust the appearance of the different charts and 3D chart views. Each setting is specific to the chart or chart view being used. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and 3D chart views and chartplotter models. Some options require premium maps or connected accessories. From a chart or 3D chart view, select MENU > Chart Setup >
Chart Appearance. Orientation: Sets the perspective of the map. Detail: Adjusts the amount of detail shown on the map, at different zoom levels. Heading Line: Shows and adjusts the heading line, which is a line drawn on the map from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel, and sets the data source for the heading line. Panoptix Area: Shows and hides the area being scanned by the Panoptix transducer. The attitude and heading reference system (AHRS) must be calibrated use this feature
(Calibrating the Compass, page 22). World Map: Uses either a basic world map or a shaded relief map on the chart. These differences are visible only when zoomed out too far to see the detailed charts. Spot Depths: Turns on spot soundings and sets a dangerous depth. Spot depths that are equal to or more shallow than the dangerous depth are indicated by red text. Shallow Shading: Sets the shades from the shoreline to the specified depth. Depth Shading: Specifies an upper and lower depth to shade between. Symbols: Shows and configures the appearance of various symbols on the chart, such as the vessel icon, navaid symbols, land POIs, and light sectors. Inset Map: Shows a map zoomed in on the vessel's location in the corner of the main map. Style: Sets how the chart appears over 3D terrain. Hazard Colors: Shows shallow water and land with a color scale. Blue indicates deep water, yellow is shallow water, and red is very shallow water. Preferred Depth: Sets the appearance of a safe depth for the Mariners Eye 3D chart view. NOTE: This setting affects only the appearance of hazard colors for the Mariners Eye 3D chart view. It does not affect the safe water depth Auto Guidance setting or the sonar shallow water alarm setting. Range Rings: Shows and configures the appearance of range rings, which help you to visualize distances in some chart views. 8 Charts and 3D Chart Views Lane Width: Specifies the width of the navigation lane, which is the magenta line in some chart views that indicates the course to your destination. When Garmin Quickdraw Contours records data, a colored circle surrounds the vessel icon. This circle represents the approximate area of the map that is scanned by each pass. Other Vessels Settings on the Charts and Chart Views NOTE: These options require connected accessories, such as an AIS receiver or VHF radio. From a chart or a 3D chart view, select MENU > Other Vessels. List: Shows a list of AIS and MARPA vessels. DSC: Shows the DSC list and sets the DSC trails on the chart. Collision Alarm: Sets the safe-zone collision alarm (Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm, page 7). Display Setup: See Showing AIS and MARPA Vessels on a Chart or on a 3D Chart View, page 7. Laylines Settings To use the laylines features, you must connect a wind sensor to the chartplotter. When in sailing mode (Setting the Vessel Type, page 3), you can display laylines on the navigation chart. Laylines can be very helpful when racing. From the navigation chart, select MENU > Sailing > Laylines. Display: Sets how the laylines and vessel appear on the chart, and sets the length of the laylines. Sailing Ang.: Allows you to select how the device calculates laylines. The Actual option calculates the laylines using the measured wind angle from the wind sensor. The Manual option calculates the laylines using manually entered windward and leeward angles. Windward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the windward sailing angle. Leeward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the leeward sailing angle. Tide Correction: Corrects the laylines based on the tide. Layline Filter: Filters the layline data based on the time interval entered. For a smoother layline that filters out some of the changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a higher number. For laylines that display a higher sensitivity to changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a lower number. Fish Eye 3D Settings NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. From the Fish Eye 3D chart view, select MENU. Fisheye View: Sets the perspective of the 3D chart view. Tracks: Shows tracks. Sonar Cone: Shows a cone that indicates the area covered by the transducer. Fish Symbols: Shows suspended targets. Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping WARNING The Garmin Quickdraw Contours mapping feature allows users to generate maps. Garmin makes no representations about the accuracy, reliability, completeness or timeliness of the maps generated by third parties. Any use or reliance on the maps generated by third parties is at your own risk. The Garmin Quickdraw Contours mapping feature allows you to instantly create maps with contours and depth labels for any body of water. A green circle indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed under 16 km/h (10 mph). A yellow circle indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed between 16 and 32 km/h
(10 and 20 mph). A red circle indicates poor depth or GPS position, and a speed above 32 km/h (20 mph). You can view Garmin Quickdraw Contours in a combination screen or as a single view on the map. The amount of saved data depends on the size of your memory card, your sonar source, and the speed of your boat as you record data. You can record longer when you use a single-beam sonar. It is estimated that you might be able to record about 1,500 hours of data onto a 2 GB memory card. When you record data on a memory card in your chartplotter, the new data is added to your existing Garmin Quickdraw Contours map, and is saved on the memory card. When you insert a new memory card, the existing data does not transfer onto the new card. Mapping a Body of Water Using the Garmin Quickdraw Contours Feature Before you can use the Garmin Quickdraw Contours feature, you must have a supported chartplotter with upgraded software, sonar depth, your GPS position, and a memory card with free space. NOTE: This feature is not available on all models. 1 From a chart view, select MENU > Quickdraw Contours >
Start Recording. 2 When recording is complete, select Stop Recording. 3 Select Manage > Name, and enter a name for the map. Adding a Label to a Garmin Quickdraw Contours Map You can add labels to a Garmin Quickdraw Contours map to mark hazards or points of interest. 1 From the Navigation chart, select a location. 2 Select Add Quickdraw Label. 3 Enter text for the label, and select Done. Garmin Quickdraw Community The Garmin Quickdraw Community is a free, public, online community that enables you to share your Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps with others. You can also download maps other users have created. To access the Garmin Quickdraw Community, sign in to your Garmin Connect account, and then you can upload and download maps using a memory card. Accessing the Garmin Quickdraw Community You can access the Garmin Quickdraw Community using Garmin Connect website. 1 Go to connect.garmin.com. 2 Select Get Started > Quickdraw Community > Get Started. Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping 9 3 If you do not have a Garmin Connect account, create one. 4 Sign in to your Garmin Connect account. 5 Select Marine in the upper-right to open the Garmin Quickdraw widget. TIP: Make sure you have a memory card in your computer to share Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps. Sharing Your Garmin Quickdraw Contours Maps with the Garmin Quickdraw Community You can share Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that you have created with others in the Garmin Quickdraw Community. When you share a contour map, only the contour map is shared. Your waypoints are not shared. 1 Remove the memory card from the chartplotter. 2 Insert the memory card into your computer. 3 Access the Garmin Quickdraw Community (Accessing the Garmin Quickdraw Community, page 9). 4 Select Share Your Contours. 5 Browse to your memory card, and select the /Garmin folder. 6 Open the Quickdraw folder, and select the file named ContoursLog.svy. After the file is uploaded, delete the ContoursLog.svy file from your memory card to avoid issues with future uploads. Your data will not be lost. Downloading Garmin Quickdraw Community Maps You can download Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that other users have created and shared with the Garmin Quickdraw Community. 1 Insert the memory card into your computer. 2 Access the Garmin Quickdraw Community (Accessing the Garmin Quickdraw Community, page 9). 3 Select Search for Contours. 4 Use the map and search features to locate an area to download. The red dots represent Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that have been shared for that region. 5 Select Select an Area to Download. 6 Drag the edges of the box to select the area to download. 7 Select Start Download. 8 Save the file to your memory card. TIP: If you cannot find the file, look in the "Downloads" folder. The browser may have saved the file there. 9 Remove the memory card from your computer. 10Insert the memory card in the chartplotter. The chartplotter automatically recognizes the contours maps. The chartplotter may take a few minutes to load the maps. Garmin Quickdraw Contours Settings From a chart, select MENU > Quickdraw Contours > Settings. Display: Displays Garmin Quickdraw Contours. The User Contours option shows your own Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps. The Community Contours option shows the maps you have downloaded from the Garmin Quickdraw Community. Recording Offset: Sets the distance between the sonar depth and the contour recording depth. If the water level has changed since your last recording, adjust this setting so the recording depth is the same for both recordings. For example, if the last time you recorded had a sonar depth of 3.1 m (10.5 ft.), and today's sonar depth is 3.6 m (12 ft.), enter -0.5 m (-1.5 ft.) for the a Recording Offset value. User Display Offset: Sets differences in contour depths and depth labels on your own contours maps to compensate for changes in the water level of a body of water, or for depth errors in recorded maps. Comm. Display Offset: Sets differences in contour depths and depth labels on the community contours maps to compensate for changes in the water level of a body of water, or for depth errors in recorded maps. Survey Coloring: Sets the color of the Garmin Quickdraw Contours display. When this setting is turned on, the colors indicate the quality of the recording. When this setting is turned off, the contour areas use standard map colors. Green indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed under 16 km/h (10 mph). Yellow indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed between 16 and 32 km/h (10 and 20 mph). Red indicates poor depth or GPS position, and a speed above 32 km/h (20 mph). Depth Shading: Specifies the upper and lower limits of a depth range and a color for that depth range. Navigation with a Chartplotter CAUTION If your vessel has an autopilot system, a dedicated autopilot control display must be installed at each steering helm in order to disable the autopilot system. The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. NOTE: Some chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. To navigate, you must choose a destination, set a course or create a route, and follow the course or route. You can follow the course or the route on the Navigation chart, Fishing chart, Perspective 3D chart view, or Mariners Eye 3D chart view. You can set and follow a course to a destination using one of three methods: Go To, Route To, or Auto Guidance. Go To: Takes you directly to the destination. This is the standard option for navigating to a destination. The chartplotter creates a straight-line course or navigation line to the destination. The path may run over land and other obstacles. Route To: Creates a route from your location to a destination, allowing you to add turns along the way. This option provides a straight-line course to the destination, but allows you to add turns into the route to avoid land and other obstacles. Auto Guidance: Uses the specified information about your vessel and chart data to determine the best path to your destination. This option is available only when using a compatible premium chart in a compatible chartplotter. It provides a turn-by-turn navigation path to the destination, avoiding land and other obstaclesAuto Guidance, page 13. When you are using a compatible Garmin autopilot connected to the chartplotter using NMEA 2000, the autopilot follows the Auto Guidance route. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. 10 Navigation with a Chartplotter Basic Navigation Questions Question How do I make the chartplotter point me in the direction in which I want to go
(bearing)?
How do I make the device guide me along a straight line
(minimizing cross track) to a location using the shortest distance from the present location?
How do I make the device guide me to a location while avoiding charted obstacles?
Answer Navigate using Go To (Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To, page 12). Build a single-leg route and navigate it using Route To (Creating and Navigating a Route from Your Present Location, page 12). Build a multi-leg route and navigate it using Route To (Creating and Navigating a Route from Your Present Location, page 12). Navigate using Route To (Creating and Navigating a Route from Your Present Location, page 12). If you have premium maps that support Auto Guidance and are in an area covered by Auto Guidance, navigate using Auto Guidance (Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path, page 13).
(Auto Guidance Path Configurations, page 14) How do I make the device steer my automatic pilot?
Can the device create a path for me?
How do I change the Auto Guidance settings for my boat?
Destinations You can select destinations using various charts and 3D chart views or using the lists. Searching for a Destination by Name You can search for saved waypoints, saved routes, saved tracks, and marine services destinations by name. 1 Select NAV INFO > Services > Search by Name. 2 Enter at least a portion of the name of your destination. 3 If necessary, select Done. The 50 nearest destinations that contain your search criteria appear. 4 Select the destination. Selecting a Destination Using the Navigation Chart From the Navigation chart, select a destination. Searching for a Marine Services Destination NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. The chartplotter contains information for thousands of destinations offering marine services. 1 Select NAV INFO > Services. 2 Select Offshore Services or Inland Services. 3 If necessary, select the marine service category. The chartplotter shows a list of the nearest locations and the distance and bearing to each. 4 Select a destination. You can select Next Page or Previous Page to view additional information or to show the location on a chart. Stopping Navigation While navigating, from the Navigation or Fishing chart, select an option:
Select MENU > Stop Navigation. When navigating with Auto Guidance, select MENU >
Navigation Options > Stop Navigation. Waypoints Waypoints are locations you record and store in the device. Waypoints can mark where you are, where you are going, or where you have been. You can add details about the location, such as name, elevation, and depth. Marking Your Present Location as a Waypoint From any screen, select MARK/SOS. Creating a Waypoint at a Different Location 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints > New Waypoint. 2 Select an option:
To create the waypoint by entering position coordinates, select Enter Coordinates, and enter the coordinates. To create the waypoint using a chart, select Use Chart, select the location, and select SELECT. Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen 1 From a sonar view, use the arrow keys to select a location. 2 Select SELECT. 3 If necessary, edit the waypoint information. Creating a Waypoint on the Chart 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select a location or object, and select SELECT. A list of options appears along the right side of the chart. The options that appear vary based on the location or object you selected. 2 Select New Waypoint. Marking an SOS Location You can mark an SOS location. When a Garmin VHF radio is connected using NMEA 2000, you can select different SOS types, such as Man Overboard and Piracy. 1 From the Home screen, hold MARK/SOS for one second. 2 Select the SOS type. 3 If necessary, select OK to navigate to the man overboard location. If you selected OK, the chartplotter sets a direct course back to the location. If you selected another type of SOS, the call details are sent to the VHF radio. You must send the call using the radio. Viewing a List of all Waypoints Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. Editing a Saved Waypoint 1 Select NAV INFO > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Edit. 4 Select an option:
To add a name, select Name, and enter a name. To change the symbol, select Symbol. To change the depth, select Depth. To change the water temperature, select Water Temp.. To change the comment, select Comment. To move the position of the waypoint, select Position. Moving a Saved Waypoint 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Review > Position. Navigation with a Chartplotter 11 4 Indicate a new location for the waypoint:
To move the waypoint while using the chart, select Use Chart, select a new location on the chart, and select Move Waypoint. To move the waypoint using coordinates, select Enter Coordinates, and enter the new coordinates. Browsing for and Navigating to a Saved Waypoint CAUTION The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. Before you can navigate to a waypoint, you must create a waypoint. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select an option:
To navigate directly to the location, select Go To. To create a route to the location, including turns, select Route To. To use Auto Guidance, select Auto Guidance. 5 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. 6 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Deleting a Waypoint or an MOB 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint or an MOB. 3 Select Review > Delete. Deleting All Waypoints Select NAV INFO > User Data > Clear User Data >
Waypoints > All. Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To CAUTION When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. You can set and follow a direct course from your current location to a selected destination. 1 Select a destination (Destinations, page 11). 2 Select Navigate To > Go To. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your current location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 3 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 4 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line
(direct course). Routes Creating and Navigating a Route from Your Present Location You can create and immediately navigate a route on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. This procedure does not save the route or the waypoint data. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a destination. 2 Select SELECT > Navigate To > Route To. 3 Select the location of the last turn before the destination. 4 Select SELECT > Add Turn. 5 If necessary, repeat step 3 and 4 to add additional turns, working backward from the destination to the present location of your vessel. The last turn you add should be the first turn you make, starting from your present location. It should be the turn closest to your vessel. 6 Select SELECT > Done. 7 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 8 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Creating and Saving a Route This procedure saves the route and all the waypoints in it. The starting point can be your present location or another location. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes > New > Route Using Chart. 2 Select the starting location of the route. 3 Select SELECT > Add Turn. 4 Select the location of the next turn on the chart. 5 Select SELECT > Add Turn. The chartplotter marks the location of the turn with a waypoint. 6 If necessary, repeat steps 4 and 5 to add more turns. 7 Select SELECT > Done. Viewing a List of Routes and Auto Guidance Paths 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 If necessary, select Filter to see routes only or Auto Guidance paths only. Editing a Saved Route You can change the name of a route or change the turns the route contains. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Edit Route. 4 Select an option:
To change the name, select Name, and enter the name. To select a waypoint from the turn list, select Edit Turns >
Use Turn List, and select a waypoint from the list. To select a turn using the chart, select Edit Turns > Use Chart, and select a location on the chart. Browsing for and Navigating a Saved Route Before you can browse a list of routes and navigate to one of them, you must create and save at least one route. 12 Navigation with a Chartplotter 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select an option:
To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, select Forward. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, select Backward. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your present location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 5 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 6 Follow the magenta line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 7 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line
(direct course). Browsing for and Navigating Parallel to a Saved Route Before you can browse a list of routes and navigate to one of them, you must create and save at least one route. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select Offset to navigate parallel to the route, offset from it by a specific distance. 5 Indicate how to navigate the route:
To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, to the left of the original route, select Forward Port. To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, to the right of the original route, select Forward Starboard. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, to the left of the original route, select Backward Port. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, to the right of the original route, select Backward Starboard. 6 If necessary, select Done. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your present location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 7 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 8 Follow the magenta line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 9 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line
(direct course). Deleting a Saved Route 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Delete. Deleting All Saved Routes Select NAV INFO > User Data > Clear User Data > Routes. Auto Guidance CAUTION The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can use Auto Guidance to plot the best path to your destination. Auto Guidance uses your chartplotter to scan chart data, such as water depth and known obstacles, to calculate a suggested path. You can adjust the path during navigation. Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path 1 Select a destination (Destinations, page 11). 2 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 3 Review the path, indicated by the magenta line. 4 Select Start Navigation. 5 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. Creating and Saving an Auto Guidance Path 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes > New > Auto Guidance. 2 Select a starting point, and select Next. 3 Select a destination, and select Next. 4 Select an option:
To view a hazard and adjust the path near a hazard, select Hazard Review. To adjust the path, select Adjust Path, and follow the on-
screen instructions. To delete the path, select Cancel Auto Guidance. To save the path, select Done. Adjusting a Saved Auto Guidance Path 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Auto Guidance Path. 2 Select a path, and select Review > Edit > Adjust Path. TIP: When navigating an Auto Guidance path, select the path on the navigation chart, and select Adjust Path. 3 Select a location on the path. 4 Drag the point to a new location. 5 If necessary, select a point, and select Remove. 6 Select Done. Canceling an Auto Guidance Calculation in Progress From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Cancel. TIP: You can select BACK to quickly cancel the calculation. Setting a Timed Arrival You can use this feature on a route or an Auto Guidance path to get feedback about when you should arrive at a selected point. This allows you to time your arrival at a location, such as a bridge opening or a race starting line. 1 From the Navigation chart, select MENU. 2 If necessary, select Navigation Options. 3 Select Timed Arrival. TIP: You can quickly open the Timed Arrival menu by selecting a point on the path or route. Navigation with a Chartplotter 13 Auto Guidance Path Configurations CAUTION The Preferred Depth and Vertical Clearance settings influence how the chartplotter calculates an Auto Guidance path. If an area has an unknown water depth or an unknown obstacle height, the Auto Guidance path is not calculated in that area. If an area at the beginning or the end of an Auto Guidance path is shallower than the Preferred Depth or lower than the Vertical Clearance settings, the Auto Guidance path may not be calculated in that area, depending on the map data. On the chart, the course through those areas appears as a gray line or a magenta and gray striped line. When your boat enters one of those areas, a warning message appears. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all maps. You can set the parameters the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance path. Preferred Depth: Sets the minimum water depth, based on chart depth data, that your boat can safely travel over. NOTE: The minimum water depth for the premium charts
(made before 2016) is 3 feet. If you enter a value of less than 3 feet, the charts only use depths of 3 feet for Auto Guidance path calculations. Vertical Clearance: Sets the minimum height of a bridge or obstacle, based on chart data, that your boat can safely travel under. Shoreline Distance: Sets how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance path to be placed. The Auto Guidance path may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for this setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure that the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance path using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway (Adjusting the Distance from Shore, page 14). Adjusting the Distance from Shore The Shoreline Distance setting indicates how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for the Shoreline Distance setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway. 1 Dock your vessel or drop the anchor. 2 Select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Normal. 3 Select a destination that you have navigated to previously. 4 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 5 Review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. 6 Select an option:
If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Far. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance
> Shoreline Distance > Near. 7 If you selected Near or Far in step 6, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 8 Select an option:
If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Farthest. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance
> Shoreline Distance > Nearest. 9 If you selected Nearest or Farthest in step 8, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 10Repeat steps 3 through 9 at least once more, using a different destination each time, until you are familiar with the functionality of the Shoreline Distance setting. Tracks A track is a recording of the path of your boat. The track currently being recorded is called the active track, and it can be saved. You can show tracks in each chart or 3D chart view. Showing Tracks From any chart or a 3D chart view, select MENU >
Waypoints and Tracks > Tracks > On. A trailing line on the chart indicates your track. Setting the Color of the Active Track 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options > Track Color. 2 Select a track color. Saving the Active Track The track currently being recorded is called the active track. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Save Active Track. 2 Select an option:
Select the time the active track began. Select Entire Log. 3 Select Save. Viewing a List of Saved Tracks Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. Editing a Saved Track 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Edit Track. 4 Select an option:
Select Name, and enter the new name. Select Track Color, and select a color. 14 Navigation with a Chartplotter Saving a Track as a Route 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select SELECT > Edit Track > Save Route. Browsing for and Navigating a Recorded Track Before you can browse a list of tracks and navigate to them, you must record and save at least one track (Tracks, page 14). 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Follow Track. 4 Select an option:
To navigate the track from the starting point used when the track was created, select Forward. To navigate the track from the destination point used when the track was created, select Backward. 5 Review the course indicated by the colored line. 6 Follow the line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Deleting a Saved Track 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select SELECT > Delete. Deleting All Saved Tracks Select NAV INFO > User Data > Clear User Data > Saved Tracks. Retracing the Active Track The track currently being recorded is called the active track. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Follow Active Track. 2 Select an option:
Select the time the active track began. Select Entire Log. 3 Review the course indicated by the colored line. 4 Follow the colored line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Clearing the Active Track Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Clear Active Track. The track memory is cleared, and the active track continues to be recorded. Managing the Track Log Memory During Recording 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options. 2 Select Record Mode. 3 Select an option:
To record a track log until the track memory is full, select Fill. To continuously record a track log, replacing the oldest track data with new data, select Wrap. Configuring the Recording Interval of the Track Log You can indicate the frequency at which the track plot is recorded. Recording more frequent plots is more accurate but fills the track log faster. The resolution interval is recommended for the most efficient use of memory. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options > Interval > Interval. 2 Select an option:
To record the track based on a distance between points, select Distance > Change, and enter the distance. To record the track based on a time interval, select Time >
Change, and enter the time interval. To record the track plot based on a variance from your course, select Resolution > Change, and enter the maximum error allowed from the true course before recording a track point. This is the recommended recording option. Boundaries Boundaries allow you to avoid or remain in designated areas in a body of water. You can set an alarm to alert you when you enter or exit a boundary. You can create boundary areas, lines, and circles using the map. You can also convert saved tracks and routes into boundary lines. You can create a boundary area using waypoints by creating a route from the waypoints, and converting the route into a boundary line. You can select a boundary to act as the active boundary. You can add the active boundary data to the data fields on the chart. Creating a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries > New. 2 Select a boundary shape. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Converting a Route to a Boundary Before you can convert a route to a boundary, you must create and save at least one route (Creating and Saving a Route, page 12). 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Edit Route > Save as Boundary. Converting a Track to a Boundary Before you can convert a track to a boundary, you must record and save at least one track (Saving the Active Track, page 14). 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select SELECT > Edit Track > Save as Boundary. Editing a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries. 2 Select a boundary. 3 Select Review > Edit Boundary. 4 Select an option:
To edit the appearance of the boundary on the chart, select Display Options. To change the boundary lines or name, select Edit Boundary. To edit the boundary alarm, select Alarm. Setting a Boundary Alarm Boundary alarms alert you when you are within a specified distance of a set boundary. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries. 2 Select a boundary. 3 Select Alarm > On. 4 Enter a distance. Deleting a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries. 2 Select a boundary. 3 Select Review > Edit Boundary > Delete. Navigation with a Chartplotter 15 Synchronizing User Data Across the Garmin Marine Network NOTICE Before you synchronize the user data across the network, you should backup your user data to prevent possible data loss. See Backing Up Data to a Computer, page 47. You can share waypoints, tracks, and routes with all compatible devices connected to the Garmin Marine Network (Ethernet) automatically. NOTE: This feature is not available on all models. Select Settings > Preferences > User Data Sharing > On. If a change is made to a waypoint, track, or route on one chartplotter, that data is synchronized automatically across all chartplotters on the Ethernet network. Deleting All Saved Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks Select NAV INFO > User Data > Clear User Data > All >
OK. Sailing Features Setting the Vessel Type You can select your boat type to configure the chartplotter settings and to use features customized for your boat type. 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Vessel Type. 2 Select an option. Sail Racing You can use the device to increase the likelihood that your boat will cross the start line of a race exactly when the race begins. When you synchronize the race timer with the official race countdown timer, you are alerted at one-minute intervals as the race start approaches. When you combine the race timer with the virtual start line, the device measures your speed, bearing, and remaining time on the countdown timer. The device uses this data to indicate whether your boat will cross the start line before, after, or at the correct time to start the race. Starting Line Guidance Sailing start line guidance is a visual representation of the information you need to cross the start line at the optimal time and speed. After you set the starboard and port start line pins, and the target speed and time, and after you start the race timer, a predictor line appears. The predictor line extends from your current location toward the start line and the laylines that extend from each pin. The end point and color of the predictor line indicate where the boat will be when the timer expires, based on your current boat speed. When the end point is before the start line, the line is white. This indicates the boat must increase speed to reach the start line on time. When the end point is past the start line, the line is red. This indicates the boat must reduce speed to avoid a penalty for reaching the start line before the timer expires. When the end point is on the start line, the line is white. This indicates the boat is moving at an optimal speed to reach the start line when the timer expires. By default, the start line guidance window and the race timer window appear in the Sail Racing combination screen. Setting the Starting Line 1 From the Start Line Guidance gauge, select MENU > Start Line > Start Line. 2 Select an option:
To mark the port and starboard starting line marks as you sail past them, select Ping Marks. To mark the port and starboard starting line marks by entering their coordinates, select Enter Coordinates. To switch the position of the port and starboard marks after you have set them, select Swap Port & Starbd. Marks. Using the Starting Line Guidance You can use the starting line guidance feature to help get you cross the start line, at the optimal speed during a sailing race. 1 Mark the starting line (). 2 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select MENU >
Start Line > Target Speed, and select your target speed when crossing the starting line. 3 Select Target Time, and select the target time to cross the starting line. 4 Select BACK. 5 Start the racing timer (Starting the Race Timer, page 16). Starting the Race Timer The race timer is added to the Sail Racing combination screen by default. 1 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select Start. NOTE: You can also access this from the Sailing SmartMode screen and the navigation chart. 2 When necessary, select Sync to synchronize with the official race timer. Stopping the Race Timer From the starting line guidance gauge, select Stop. Setting the Distance between the Bow and the GPS Antenna You can enter the distance between the bow of your boat and the location of your GPS antenna. This helps ensure the bow of your boat crosses the starting line at the precise start time. 1 From a navigation chart, select MENU > Sailing > Start Line
> GPS Bow Offset. 2 Enter the distance. 3 Select Done. Laylines Settings To use the laylines features, you must connect a wind sensor to the chartplotter. When in sailing mode (Setting the Vessel Type, page 3), you can display laylines on the navigation chart. Laylines can be very helpful when racing. From the navigation chart, select MENU > Sailing > Laylines. Display: Sets how the laylines and vessel appear on the chart, and sets the length of the laylines. Sailing Ang.: Allows you to select how the device calculates laylines. The Actual option calculates the laylines using the measured wind angle from the wind sensor. The Manual option calculates the laylines using manually entered windward and leeward angles. Windward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the windward sailing angle. Leeward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the leeward sailing angle. Tide Correction: Corrects the laylines based on the tide. 16 Sailing Features Layline Filter: Filters the layline data based on the time interval entered. For a smoother layline that filters out some of the changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a higher number. For laylines that display a higher sensitivity to changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a lower number. Setting the Keel Offset You can enter a keel offset to compensate the surface reading for the depth of a keel, making it possible to measure depth from the bottom of the keel instead of from the transducer location. Enter a positive number to offset for a keel. You can enter a negative number to compensate for a large vessel that may draw several feet of water. 1 Complete an action, based on the location of the transducer:
If the transducer is installed at the water line , measure the distance from the transducer location to the keel of the boat. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a positive number. If the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel , measure the distance from the transducer to the water line. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a negative number. 2 Select Settings > My Vessel > Depth and Anchoring >
3 Use the arrow keys to enter the keel offset measured in step Keel Offset. 1. Sailboat Autopilot Operation CAUTION When engaged, the autopilot controls only the rudder. You and your crew remain responsible for the sails while the autopilot is engaged. In addition to heading hold, you can use the autopilot to maintain a wind hold. You can also use the autopilot to control the rudder while tacking and gybing. Wind Hold You can set the autopilot to maintain a specific bearing relative to the current wind angle. Your device must be connected to a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 compatible wind sensor to perform a wind hold or a wind-based tack or gybe. Setting the Wind Hold Type Before you can enable the wind hold type, you must connect a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot. For advanced autopilot configuration, see the installation instructions included with your autopilot. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup >
Wind Hold Type. 2 Select Apparent or True. Engaging Wind Hold Before you can enable the wind hold type, you must connect a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot. When the autopilot is in standby mode, select Wind Hold. Engaging Wind Hold from Heading Hold Before you can enable the wind hold type, you must connect a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot. With heading hold engaged, select MENU > Wind Hold. Adjusting the Wind Hold Angle with the Autopilot You can adjust the wind hold angle on the autopilot when wind hold is engaged. To adjust the wind hold angle in increments of 1, select or
. To adjust the wind hold angle in increments of 10, hold
. or Tack and Gybe You can set the autopilot to perform a tack or gybe while heading hold or wind hold is engaged. Tacking and Gybing from Heading Hold 1 Engage heading hold (Engaging the Autopilot, page 29). 2 Select MENU > Tack/Gybe. 3 Select a direction. The autopilot steers your boat through a tack or gybe. Tacking and Gybing from Wind Hold Before you can engage wind hold, you must have a wind sensor installed. 1 Engage wind hold (Engaging Wind Hold, page 17). 2 Select MENU > Tack/Gybe. 3 Select Tack or Gybe. The autopilot steers your boat through a tack or gybe, and information about the progress of the tack or gybe appears on the screen. Setting a Tack and Gybe Delay The tack and gybe delay allows you to delay steering a tack and gybe after you initiate the maneuver. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup >
Sailing Setup > Tack Delay. 2 Select the length of the delay. 3 If necessary, select Done. Enabling the Gybe Inhibitor NOTE: The gybe inhibitor does not prevent you from manually performing a gybe using the helm or step steering. The gybe inhibitor prevents the autopilot from performing a gybe. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup >
Sailing Setup > Gybe Inhibitor. 2 Select Enabled. Sonar When properly connected to an optional Garmin sounder module and a transducer, your compatible chartplotter can be used as a fishfinder. Different sonar views can help you view the fish in the area. The adjustments you can make to each sonar view vary depending on the view you are in and the chartplotter model, sounder module, and transducer you have connected. Sonar 17 Sonar Views The sonar views available vary depending on the type of transducer and optional sounder module connected to the chartplotter. For example, you can view the Split Frequency view only if you have a dual-frequency transducer connected. There are four basic styles of sonar views available: a full-
screen view, a split-screen view that combines two or more views, a split-zoom view, and a split-frequency view that displays two different frequencies. You can customize the settings for each view in the screen. For example, if you are viewing the split-frequency view, you can separately adjust the gain for each frequency. If you do not see an arrangement of sonar views to suit your needs, you can create a custom combination screen (Adding a Custom Combination Screen, page 3) or a SmartMode layout
(Adding a SmartMode Layout, page 3). Traditional Sonar View There are several full-screen views available, depending on the equipment connected. The full-screen Traditional sonar view show a large image of the sonar readings from a transducer. The range scale along the right side of the screen shows the depth of detected objects as the screen scrolls from the right to the left. Depth information Suspended targets or fish Bottom of the body of water Garmin ClearV Sonar View NOTE: To receive Garmin ClearV scanning sonar, you need a compatible chartplotter or fishfinder and a compatible transducer. Garmin ClearV high-frequency sonar provides a detailed picture of the fishing environment around the boat in a detailed representation of structures the boat is passing over. Traditional transducers emit a conical beam. The Garmin ClearV scanning sonar technology emits two narrow beams, similar to the shape of the beam in a copying machine. These beams provide a clearer, picture-like image of what is beneath the boat. SideV Sonar View NOTE: Not all models support SideV sonar and scanning transducers. NOTE: To receive SideV scanning sonar, you need a compatible chartplotter, a compatible sounder module, and a compatible transducer. SideV scanning sonar technology shows you a picture of what lies to the sides of the boat. You can use this as a search tool to find structures and fish. Left side of the boat Right side of the boat The transducer on your vessel Trees Old tires Logs Distance from the side of the boat Water between the vessel and the bottom SideV/ClearV Scanning Technology Instead of a more common conical beam, the SideV/ClearV transducer uses a flat beam to scan the water and bottom to the sides of your boat. Split-Screen Sonar Views The split-screen sonar views enable you to view different combinations of sonar data simultaneously. For example, you can view traditional sonar and Garmin ClearV sonar views in one screen. You can edit the layout of a split-screen sonar view to resize the window and rearrange the data. The scroll rates of the traditional and Garmin ClearV sonar views are synchronized to make the split-screen views easier to read. Split-Zoom Sonar View The split-zoom sonar view shows a full-view graph of sonar readings, and a magnified portion of that graph, on the same screen. Split-Frequency Sonar View In the split-frequency sonar view, one side of the screen shows a full-view graph of high frequency sonar data, and the other side of the screen shows a full-view graph of lower frequency sonar data. NOTE: The split-frequency sonar view requires the use of a dual-frequency transducer. 18 Sonar Panoptix Sonar Views NOTE: Not all models support Panoptix transducers. To receive Panoptix sonar, you need a compatible chartplotter and a compatible transducer. The Panoptix sonar views allow you to see all around the boat in real time. You can also watch your bait underwater and bait schools in front of or below your boat. The LiveV sonar views provide you a view of the live movement either in front of or below your boat. The screen updates very quickly, producing sonar views that look more like live video. The RealV 3D sonar views provide three-dimensional views of either what is in front of or below your boat. The screen updates with each sweep of the transducer. To see all five Panoptix sonar views, you need one transducer to show the down views and a second transducer to show the forward views. To access the Panoptix sonar views, select Panoptix, and select a view. LiveV Down Sonar View This sonar view shows a two-dimensional view of what is below the boat and can be used to see a bait ball and fish. Panoptix down view history in a scrolling sonar view Boat Range Trails Drop shot rig Bottom LiveV Forward Sonar View This sonar view shows a two-dimensional view of what is in front of the boat and can be used to see a bait ball and fish. Boat Range Fish Trails Bottom RealV 3D Forward Sonar View This sonar view shows a three-dimensional view of what is in front of the transducer. This view can be used when you are stationary and you need to see the bottom and the fish approaching the boat. Color legend Boat Ping indicator Fish Bottom Range RealV 3D Down Sonar View This sonar view shows a three-dimensional view of what is below the transducer and can be used when you are stationary and want to see what is around your boat. RealV 3D Historical Sonar View This sonar view provides a three-dimensional view of what is behind your boat as you are moving and shows the entire water column in 3D, from the bottom to the top of the water. This view is used for finding fish. Color legend Boat Range Bottom Structure Fish FrontV Sonar View The Panoptix FrontV sonar view increases your situational awareness by showing obstructions under the water, up to 91 meters (300 feet) in front of the boat. The ability to effectively avoid forward collisions with FrontV sonar decreases as your speed rises above 8 knots. To see the FrontV sonar view, you must install and connect a compatible transducer, such as a PS21 transducer. You may need to update the transducer software. Sonar 19 Changing the Sonar View 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with sonar, select the window to change. 2 Select MENU > Edit Combo. 3 Select a sonar view. Selecting the Transducer Type Before you can select the transducer type, you must know what kind of transducer you have. This chartplotter is compatible with the Garmin ClearV transducer as well as a range of accessory transducers including Garmin GT transducers, which are available at www.garmin.com. If you are connecting a transducer that was not included with the chartplotter, you may need to set the transducer type to make the sonar function properly. If the device automatically detected your transducer, this option does not appear. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup >
Installation > Transducer Type. 2 Select an option:
If you have a 200/77 kHz, dual-beam transducer, select Dual Beam (200/77 kHz). If you have a 200/50 kHz, dual-frequency transducer, select Dual Frequency (200/50 kHz). If you have another type of transducer, select it from the list. Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen 1 From a sonar view, select 2 Select a location. 3 Select New Wpt or 4 If necessary, edit the waypoint information. Measuring Distance on the Sonar Screen You can measure the distance between two points on the SideV sonar view. 1 From the SideV sonar view, select a location on the screen. 2 Select Measure Distance. A push pin appears on the screen at the selected location. 3 Select another location. The distance and angle from the pin is listed in the upper-left corner. TIP: To reset the pin and measure from the current location of the pin, select Measure Distance. Pausing the Sonar Display From a sonar view, select
. Viewing Sonar History You can scroll the sonar display to view historical sonar data. NOTE: Not all transducers save historical sonar data. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU >
2 Use the arrow keys. Sonar Sharing This feature may not be available on all chartplotter models. You can view the sonar data from all compatible sources on the Garmin Marine Network. You can view sonar data from a compatible external sonar module, such as a GCV sonar module. In addition, you can view the sonar data from other chartplotters that have a built-in sonar module. Each chartplotter on the network can display sonar data from every compatible sonar module and transducer on the network, no matter where the chartplotters and transducers are mounted on your boat. For example, from a transducer with Garmin ClearV mounted at the back of the boat, you can view the sonar data using the 922 mounted at the front of your boat. When sharing sonar data, the values of some sonar settings, such as Range and Gain, are synchronized across the devices on the network. The values of other sonar settings, such as the Appearance settings, are not synchronized and should be configured on each individual device. In addition, the scroll rates of the various traditional and Garmin ClearV sonar views are synchronized to make the split views more cohesive. NOTE: Using multiple transducers simultaneously can create cross talk, which can be removed by adjusting the Interference sonar setting. Selecting a Sonar Source This feature may not be available with all models. When you are using more than one sonar data source for a particular sonar view, you can select the source to use for that sonar view. For example, if you have two sources for Garmin ClearV, you can select the source to use from the Garmin ClearV sonar view. 1 Open the sonar view for which you will change the source. 2 Select MENU > Sonar Setup > Source. 3 Select the source for this sonar view. Renaming a Sonar Source You can rename a sonar source to easily identify that source. For example, you use "Bow" as the name of the transducer on the bow of your boat. The source is renamed for the present view only. For example, to rename the Garmin ClearV sonar source, you must open the Garmin ClearV sonar view. 1 From the sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Source
> Rename Sources. 2 Enter the name. Adjusting the Level of Detail You can control the level of detail and noise shown on the sonar screen either by adjusting the gain for traditional transducers or by adjusting the brightness for Garmin ClearV transducers. If you want to see the highest intensity signal returns on the screen, you can lower the gain or brightness to remove lower intensity returns and noise. If you want to see all return information, you can increase the gain or brightness to see more information on the screen. This also increases noise, and can make it more difficult to recognize actual returns. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU. 2 Select Gain or Brightness. 3 Select an option:
To increase or decrease the gain or brightness manually, select Up or Down. To allow the chartplotter to adjust the gain or brightness automatically, select an automatic option. Adjusting the Color Intensity You can adjust the intensity of colors and highlight areas of interest on the sonar screen by adjusting the color gain for traditional transducers or the contrast for Garmin ClearV and SideV/ClearV transducers. This setting works best after you have adjusted the level of detail shown on the screen using the gain or brightness settings. If you want to highlight smaller fish targets or create a higher intensity display of a target, you can increase the color gain or 20 Sonar contrast setting. This causes a loss in the differentiation of the high intensity returns at the bottom. If you want to reduce the intensity of the return, you can reduce the color gain or contrast. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU. 2 Select an option:
While in the Garmin ClearV or SideV sonar view, select Contrast. While in a Panoptix LiveV sonar view, select Gain. While in another sonar view, select Sonar Setup >
Advanced > Gain. 3 Select an option:
To increase or decrease the color intensity manually, select Up or Down. To use the default setting, select Default. Adjusting the Range of the Depth Scale You can adjust the range of the depth scale traditional and Garmin ClearV sonar views and the range of the width scale for the SideV sonar view. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically keeps the bottom within the lower or outer third of the sonar screen, and can be useful for tracking a bottom that has minimal or moderate terrain changes. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range, which can be useful for tracking a bottom that has large terrain changes, such as a drop-offs or cliffs. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Range. 2 Select an option:
To allow the chartplotter to adjust the range automatically, select Auto. To increase or decrease the range manually, select Up or Down. TIP: From the sonar screen, you can turn the knob to manually adjust the range. TIP: When viewing multiple sonar screens, you can select SELECT to choose the active screen. Setting the Zoom Level on the Sonar Screen 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Zoom. 2 Select an option:
To zoom in on the sonar data from the bottom depth, select Bottom Lock. To set the depth range of the magnified area manually, select Set Zoom, select View Up or View Down to set the depth range of the magnified area, and select Zoom In or Zoom Out to increase or decrease the magnification of the magnified area. To set the depth and zoom automatically, select Set Zoom > Auto. To cancel the zoom, select No Zoom. Setting the Scroll Speed You can set the rate at which the sonar image moves across the screen. A higher scroll speed shows more detail, especially while moving or trolling. A lower scroll speed displays sonar information on the screen longer. Setting the scroll speed on one sonar view applies to all the sonar views. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Scroll Speed. 2 Select an option:
To adjust the scroll speed automatically using speed-over-
ground or water speed data, select Auto. The Auto setting selects a scroll rate to match the boat speed, so targets in the water are drawn with the correct aspect ratio and appear less distorted. When viewing Garmin ClearV or SideV sonar views, it is recommend to use the Auto setting. To use a very fast scroll speed, select Ultrascroll. The Ultrascroll option quickly scrolls new sonar data, but with a reduced image quality. For most situations, the Fast option provides a good balance between a quickly scrolling image and targets that are less distorted. Sonar Frequencies NOTE: The frequencies available depend on the chartplotter, sounder modules, and transducer being used. Adjusting the frequency helps adapt the sonar for your particular goals and the present depth of the water. Higher frequencies use narrow beam widths, and are better for high-speed operation and rough sea conditions. Bottom definition and thermocline definition can be better when using a higher frequency. Lower frequencies use wider beam widths, which can let the fisherman see more targets, but could also generate more surface noise and reduce bottom signal continuity during rough sea conditions. Wider beam widths generate larger arches for fish target returns, making them ideal for locating fish. Wider beam widths also perform better in deep water, because the lower frequency has better deep water penetration. CHIRP frequencies allow you to sweep each pulse through a range of frequencies, resulting in better target separation in deep water. CHIRP can be used to distinctly identify targets, like individual fish in a school, and for deep water applications. CHIRP generally performs better than single frequency applications. Because some fish targets may show up better using a fixed frequency, you should consider your goals and water conditions when using CHIRP frequencies. Some sonar black boxes and transducers also provide the ability to customize preset frequencies for each transducer element, which enables you to change the frequency quickly using the presets as the water and your goals change. Viewing two frequencies concurrently using the split-frequency view allows you to see deeper with the lower frequency return and, at the same time, see more detail from the higher frequency return. Selecting Frequencies NOTE: You cannot adjust the frequency for all sonar views and transducers. You can indicate which frequencies appear on the sonar screen. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Frequency. 2 Select a frequency suited to your needs and water depth. For more information on frequencies, see Sonar Frequencies, page 21. Creating a Frequency Preset NOTE: Not available with all transducers. You can create a preset to save a specific sonar frequency, which allows you to change frequencies quickly. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Frequency. 2 Select Manage Frequencies > New Preset. 3 Enter a frequency. Customizing the Panoptix Sonar Views NOTE: Not all models support Panoptix transducers. Sonar 21 Adjusting the Appearance of the LiveV Sonar Views 1 From a LiveV sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup. 2 Select an option:
To change the colors of the sonar view, select Color Scheme, and select an option. To adjust the length of the trails that show target movement, select Trails, and select an option. To distinguish the bottom from the water by coloring the bottom brown, select Bottom Fill. To show or hide the range grid lines, select Grid Overlay. To hide or show the history on the side of the screen, select Scroll History. Setting the LiveV Transducer Transmit Angle You can change the LiveV transducer transmit angle to aim the transducer at a particular area of interest. For example, you might aim the transducer to follow a bait ball or focus on a tree as you pass it. 1 From a LiveV sonar view, select MENU > Transmit Angle. 2 Select an option. Adjusting the RealV Viewing Angle and Zoom Level You can change the viewing angle of the RealV sonar views. You can also zoom in and out of the view. From a RealV sonar view, select an option:
To adjust the viewing angle diagonally, select To adjust the viewing angle horizontally, select To adjust the viewing angle vertically, select
. To adjust the viewing angle, use the arrow keys. To zoom in and out, turn the knob. Adjusting the Appearance of the RealV Sonar Views 1 From a RealV sonar view, select MENU. 2 Select an option:
To adjust the depth at which the color palette starts over, select Palette Depth, and select an option. To select a different color palette for the sonar return points, select Sonar Setup > Point Colors, and select an option. To select a different color palette for the bottom, select Sonar Setup > Bottom Colors, and select an option. To select a different style for the bottom, select Sonar Setup > Bottom Style, and select an option. To hide or show the color legend on the side of the screen, select Sonar Setup > Color Key. Adjusting the RealV Sweep Speed You can update how quickly the transducer sweeps back and forth. A faster sweep rate creates a less detailed image, but the screen refreshes faster. A slower sweep rate creates a more detailed image, but the screen refreshes more slowly. NOTE: This feature is not available for the RealV 3D Historical sonar view. 1 From a RealV sonar view, select MENU > Sweep Speed. 2 Select an option. Calibrating the Compass Before you can calibrate the compass, the transducer must be installed on the shaft far enough away from the trolling motor to avoid magnetic interference, and deployed in the water. Calibration must be of sufficient quality to enable the internal compass. NOTE: To use the compass, you must mount the transducer on the shaft. The compass does not work when you mount the transducer on the motor. NOTE: Compass calibration is available only for transducers with an internal compass. You can begin turning your boat before calibrating, but you must fully rotate your boat 1.5 times during calibration. 1 From a ForwardV or LiveV Forward sonar page, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation. 2 If necessary, select Use AHRS. 3 Select Calibrate Compass. 4 Follow the on-screen instructions. Turning On the A-Scope NOTE: This feature is not available in all sonar views. The a-scope is a vertical flasher along the right side of the full-
screen sonar view. This feature expands the most recently received sonar data so that it is easier to see. It can also be helpful for detecting fish that are close to the bottom. From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup >
Appearance > A-Scope > On. Sonar Setup NOTE: Not all options and settings apply to all models, sounder modules, and transducers. Sonar Settings NOTE: These settings do not apply to Panoptix transducers. See RealV Sonar Settings, page 22 and LiveV Sonar Settings, page 22. From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup. Scroll Speed: Sets the rate at which the sonar scrolls from right to left (Setting the Scroll Speed, page 21). In shallow water, you can select a slower scroll speed to extend the length of time the information is displayed on screen. In deeper water, you can select a faster scroll speed. Automatic scroll speed adjusts the scrolling speed to the speed the boat is traveling. Noise Reject: Reduces the interference and the amount of clutter shown on the sonar screen (Sonar Noise Rejection Settings, page 23). Appearance: Configures the appearance of the sonar screen
(Sonar Appearance Settings, page 23). Alarms: Sets sonar alarms (Sonar Alarm Settings, page 23). Advanced: Configures various sonar display and data source settings (Advanced Sonar Settings, page 23). Installation: Configures the transducer (Transducer Installation Settings, page 23). RealV Sonar Settings From a RealV sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup. Point Colors: Sets a different color palette for the sonar return points. Bottom Style: Sets the style for the bottom. When you are in deep water, you can set this setting to the Points and manually set the range shallower. Bottom Colors: Sets the color scheme for the bottom. Color Key: Shows a legend of the depths the colors represent. Overlay Data: Sets the data shown on the sonar screen. Installation: Configures the transducer (Transducer Installation Settings, page 23). LiveV Sonar Settings From a LiveV sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup. Color Scheme: Sets the color palette. Bottom Fill: Colors the bottom brown to distinguish it from the water returns. 22 Sonar Trails: Sets the how long the trails appear on the screen. The trails show the movement of the target. Grid Overlay: Shows a grid of range lines. Noise Reject: Reduces the interference and the amount of clutter shown on the sonar screen. Scroll History: Shows the sonar history in a traditional sonar view. Overlay Data: Sets the data shown on the sonar screen
(Customizing the Data Overlays, page 3). Installation: Configures the transducer (Calibrating the Compass, page 22). Sonar Noise Rejection Settings From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Noise Reject. Interference: Adjusts the sensitivity to reduce the effects of interference from nearby sources of noise. The lowest interference setting that achieves the desired improvement should be used to remove interference from the screen. Correcting installation issues that cause noise is the best way to eliminate interference. Color Limit: Hides part of the color palette to help eliminate fields of weak clutter. By setting the color limit to the color of the undesired returns, you can eliminate the display of undesired returns on the screen. Smoothing: Removes noise that is not part of a normal sonar return, and adjusts the appearance of returns, such as the bottom. When smoothing is set to high, more of the low-level noise remains than when using the interference control, but the noise is more subdued because of averaging. Smoothing can remove speckle from the bottom. Smoothing and interference work well together to eliminate low-level noise. You can adjust the interference and smoothing settings incrementally to remove undesirable noise from the display. Surface Noise: Hides surface noise to help reduce clutter. Wider beam widths (lower frequencies) can show more targets, but can generate more surface noise. TVG: Adjusts the time varying gain, which can reduce noise. This control is best used for situations when you want to control and suppress clutter or noise near the water surface. It also allows for the display of targets near the surface that are otherwise hidden or masked by surface noise. Sonar Appearance Settings From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup >
Appearance. Color Scheme: Sets the color scheme and color gain. Overlay Data: Sets the data shown on the sonar screen. A-Scope: Displays a vertical flasher along the right side of the screen that shows instantaneously the range to targets along a scale. Depth Line: Shows a quick-reference depth line. Edge: Highlights the strongest signal from the bottom to help define the hardness or softness of the signal. Pic. Advance: Allows the sonar picture to advance faster by drawing more than one column of data on the screen for each column of sounder data received. This is especially helpful when you are using the sounder in deep water, because the sonar signal takes longer to travel to the water bottom and back to the transducer. The 1/1 setting draws one column of information on the screen per sounder return. The 2/1 setting draws two columns of information on the screen per sounder return, and so on for the 4/1 and 8/1 settings. Sonar Sonar Alarm Settings NOTE: Some settings require external accessories. Select Settings > Alarms > Sonar. Shallow Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is less than the specified value. Deep Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is greater than the specified value. Water Temp.: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer reports a temperature that is 2F (1.1C) above or below the specified temperature. Contour: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer detects a suspended target within the specified depth from the surface of the water and from the bottom. Fish: Sets an alarm to sound when the device detects a suspended target. detected. sets the alarm to sound when fish of all sizes are sets the alarm to sound only when medium or large fish are detected. sets the alarm to sound only when large fish are detected. Advanced Sonar Settings From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Advanced. Transmit: Stops the transducer from transmitting. Shift: Allows you to set the depth range on which the sonar is focused. This allows you to zoom in a higher resolution in the focused depth. When using shift, bottom tracking may not work effectively, because the sonar looks for data within the depth range of the focused area, which may not include the bottom. Using shift also can impact the scroll speed, because data outside the depth range of the focused area is not processed, which reduces the time required to receive and display the data. You can zoom in to the focused area, which enables you to evaluate target returns more closely at a higher resolution than just zooming alone. Echo Stretch: Adjusts the size of the echoes on the screen to make it easier to see separate returns on the screen. When targets are difficult to see, echo stretch makes the target returns more pronounced and easier to see on the screen. If the echo stretch value is too high, the targets blend together, and if the value is too low, the targets might be small and difficult to see. You can use echo stretch and filter width together to obtain the preferable resolution and noise reduction. With echo stretch and filter width set to low, the display has the highest resolution, but is the most susceptible to noise. With echo stretch set to high and filter width set to low, the display has a lower resolution, but has wider targets. With echo stretch and filter width set to high, the display has the lowest resolution, but is the least susceptible to noise. It is not recommended to set echo stretch to low and filter width to high. Bottom Track: Sets the frequency used for determining depth. The bottom tracking control allows you to select the specific channel that is used to track the bottom. For example, you can set the bottom tracking for the low frequency for deep water operation. Temp. Source: Sets the channel for the water temperature log when more than one water-temperature sensor or temperature-capable transducer is connected. Transducer Installation Settings From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation. 23 Transmit Rate: Sets the length of time between sonar pings. Increasing the transmit rate increases the scroll speed, but it may also increase self-interference. Reducing the transmit rate increases the spacing between transmit pulses and can resolve self-interference. Transmit Power: Reduces transducer ringing near the surface. A lower transmit power value reduces transducer ringing, but can also reduce the strength of the returns. Filter Width: Defines the edges of the target. A shorter filter more clearly defines the edges of the targets but may allow more noise. A longer filter creates softer target edges and may also reduce noise. Transducer Diagnostics: Shows details about the transducer. Flip Left/Right: Switches the SideV view orientation from left to right. Install Depth: Sets the depth below the water line where the Panoptix transducer is mounted. Entering the actual depth at which the transducer is mounted results in a more accurate visual presentation of what is in the water. Flipped: Sets the orientation of the Panoptix sonar view when the down view transducer is installed with the cables pointing toward the port side of the boat. Beam Width: Sets the width of the Panoptix transducer beam. Narrow beam widths allow you to see deeper and farther. Wider beam widths allow you to see more coverage area. Use AHRS: Enables the internal attitude heading and reference system (AHRS) sensors to detect the installation angle of the Panoptix transducer automatically. When this setting is turned off, you can enter the specific installation angle for the transducer using the Pitch Angle setting. Many forward view transducers are installed at a 45-degree angle and down view transducers are installed at a zero-degree angle. Sonar Recordings Recording the Sonar Display NOTE: Not all models support sonar recording. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Sonar Recording > Record Sonar. 15 minutes of sonar recording uses approximately 200 MB of space of the inserted memory card. You can record sonar until the card reaches capacity. Stopping the Sonar Recording Before you can stop recording sonar, you must begin recording it (Recording the Sonar Display, page 24). From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Sonar Recording > Stop Recording. Deleting a Sonar Recording 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Sonar Recordings > View Recordings. 3 Select a recording. 4 Select Delete. Playing Sonar Recordings Before you can play back the sonar recordings, you must download and install the HomePort application and record sonar data onto a memory card. 1 Remove the memory card from the device. 2 Insert the memory card into a card reader attached to a computer. 3 Open the HomePort application. 4 Select a sonar recording from your device list. 24 5 Right-click the sonar recording in the lower pane. 6 Select Playback. Depth and Water Temperature Graphs If you are using a depth-capable transducer, or are receiving water depth information over NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000, you can view a graphic log of depth readings over time. If you are using a temperature-capable transducer, or are receiving water temperature information over NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000, you can view a graphic log of temperature readings over time. The graphs scroll to the left as information is received. Select Sonar > Data Graphs. Setting the Depth and Water Temperature Graph Range and Time Scales You can indicate the amount of time and the range of depth that appear in the depth and water temperature graphs. 1 Select Sonar > Data Graphs > MENU. 2 Select Depth Log or Temp. Log. 3 Select an option:
To set a time-elapsed scale, select Depth Log Duration. The default setting is 10 minutes. Increasing the time-
elapsed scale allows you to view variations over a longer period of time. Decreasing the time-elapsed scale allows you to view more detail over a shorter period of time. To set the depth-range or temperature-range scale, select Depth Log Scale. Increasing the scale allows you to view more variation in readings. Decreasing the scale allows you to view more detail in the variation. Radar WARNING The marine radar transmits microwave energy that has the potential to be harmful to humans and animals. Before beginning radar transmission, verify that the area around the radar is clear. The radar transmits a beam approximately 12 above and below a line extending horizontally from the center of the radar. When the radar is transmitting, do not look directly at the antenna at close range; eyes are the most sensitive part of the body to electromagnetic energy. When you connect your compatible chartplotter to an optional Garmin marine radar, such as a GMR Fantom 6 radar or a GMR 24 xHD, you can view more information about your surroundings. The radar transmits a narrow beam of microwave energy as it rotates to a 360 pattern. When the transmitted energy contacts a target, some of that energy is reflected back to the radar. Changing the Radar Mode 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with radar, select MENU > Radar Menu > Change Radar. 2 Select a radar mode. Transmitting Radar Signals NOTE: As a safety feature, the radar enters standby mode after it warms up. This gives you an opportunity to verify the area around the radar is clear before beginning radar transmission. 1 With the chartplotter off, connect your radar as described in the radar installation instructions. 2 Turn on the chartplotter. If necessary, the radar warms up and a countdown alerts you when the radar is ready. 3 Select Radar. Radar 4 Select a radar mode. A countdown message appears while the radar is starting up. 5 Select MENU > Transmit Radar. Stopping the Transmission of Radar Signals From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar to Standby. TIP: Press transmission. from any screen to quickly stop radar Setting Up the Timed Transmit Mode To help conserve power, you can set up time intervals in which the radar will transmit and not transmit (standby) signal transmissions. NOTE: This feature is not available in dual radar modes. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options >
Timed Transmit. 2 Select Timed Transmit to enable the option. 3 Select Stdby Time, enter the time interval between radar signal transmissions, and select Done. 4 Select Transmit Time, enter the duration of each radar signal transmission, and select Done. Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone You can indicate an area within which the radar scanner does not transmit signals. NOTE: This feature is not available on all radar and chartplotter models. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup >
Installation > Enable No Transmit Zone. The no-transmit zone is indicated by a shaded area on the radar screen. 2 Select Adjust No Transmit Zone > Move No Transmit 3 Select Angle 1, and select the new location for the first 4 Select Angle 2, and select the new location for the second Zone. angle. angle. 5 Select Done. Adjusting the Radar Range The range of the radar signal indicates the length of the pulsed signal transmitted and received by the radar. As the range increases, the radar transmits longer pulses in order to reach distant targets. Closer targets, especially rain and waves, also reflect the longer pulses, which can add noise to the radar screen. Viewing information about longer-range targets can also decrease the amount of space available on the radar screen for viewing information about shorter-range targets. 1 From a radar screen, press the knob. 2 If necessary, select focus to select a radar view. 3 Turn the knob to increase or decrease the range. Tips for Selecting a Radar Range Determine what information you need to see on the Radar screen. For example, do you need information about nearby weather conditions or targets and traffic, or are you more concerned about distant weather conditions?
Assess the environmental conditions where the radar is being used. Especially in inclement weather, longer-range radar signals can increase the clutter on the Radar screen and make it more difficult to view information about shorter-range targets. In rain, shorter-range radar signals can enable you to view information about nearby objects more effectively, if the rain clutter setting is configured optimally. Radar Select the shortest effective range, given your reason for using radar and the present environmental conditions. Marking a Waypoint on the Radar Screen 1 From a radar screen, select a location. 2 Select screen. on a combination screen or New Waypoint on a full MotionScope Doppler Radar Technology The GMR Fantom radar uses the Doppler effect to detect and highlight moving targets to help you avoid potential collisions, find flocks of birds, and track weather formations. The Doppler effect is the frequency shift in the radar echo due to the relative motion of the target. This allows for instant detection of any targets moving toward or away from the radar. The MotionScope feature highlights the moving targets on the radar display so you can navigate around other boats or severe weather, or toward fishing spots where birds are feeding at the surface. The moving targets are color-coded so you can tell at a glance which targets are heading your way and which are heading away from you. On most color schemes, green indicates the target is moving away from you and red indicates the target is moving toward you. Enabling a Guard Zone You can enable a guard zone to alert you when anything comes within a specified area around your boat. NOTE: This feature is not available in dual radar modes. From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options >
Enable Guard Zone. Defining a Circular Guard Zone Before you can define the boundaries of the guard zone, you must enable a guard zone (Enabling a Guard Zone, page 25). You can define a circular guard zone that completely surrounds your boat. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options >
Adjust Guard Zone > Adjust Guard Zone > Circle. 2 Select the location of the outer guard zone circle. 3 Select the location of the inner guard zone circle to define the width of the guard zone. Defining a Partial Guard Zone Before you can define the boundaries of the guard zone, you must enable a guard zone (Enabling a Guard Zone, page 25). You can define the boundaries of a guard zone that does not completely surround your boat. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options >
Adjust Guard Zone > Adjust Guard Zone > Corner 1. 2 Touch and drag the location of the outer guard-zone corner
. 25 1 From a radar screen, select a targeted object. 2 Select MARPA Target. Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats From any Radar screen or the Radar overlay, you can view and customize the appearance of a list of AIS and MARPA threats. 1 From a Radar screen, select MENU > Other Vessels > List
> Show. 2 Select the type of threats to include in the list. Showing AIS Vessels on the Radar Screen AIS requires the use of an external AIS device and active transponder signals from other vessels. You can configure how other vessels appear on the Radar screen. If any setting (except the AIS display range) is configured for one radar mode, the setting is applied to every other radar mode. The details and projected heading settings configured for one radar mode are applied to every other radar mode and to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU >
Radar Menu > Other Vessels > Display Setup. 2 Select an option:
To indicate the distance from your location within which AIS vessels appear, select Display Range, and select a distance. To show details about AIS-activated vessels, select MARPA > Show. To set the projected heading time for AIS-activated vessels, select Proj. Heading, and enter the time. VRM and EBL The variable range marker (VRM) and the electronic bearing line
(EBL) measure the distance and bearing from your boat to a target object. On the Radar screen, the VRM appears as a circle that is centered on the present location of your boat, and the EBL appears as a line that begins at the present location of your boat and intersects the VRM. The point of intersection is the target of the VRM and the EBL. Showing the VRM and the EBL From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Show VRM/EBL. Adjusting the VRM and the EBL Before you can adjust the VRM and the EBL, you must show them on the Radar screen (Showing the VRM and the EBL, page 26). You can adjust the diameter of the VRM and the angle of the EBL, which moves the intersection point of the VRM and the EBL. The VRM and the EBL configured for one mode are applied to all other radar modes. 1 From a Radar screen, select a new location for the intersection point of the VRM and the EBL. 2 Select Drop VRM/EBL. 3 Select Stop Pointing. Measuring the Range and Bearing to a Target Object Before you can adjust the VRM and the EBL, you must show them on the Radar screen (Showing the VRM and the EBL, page 26). 1 From a Radar screen, select the target location. 2 Select Measure Distance. The range and the bearing to the target location appear in the upper-left corner of the screen. Radar 3 Select Corner 2. 4 Touch the location of the inner guard-zone corner to define the width of the guard zone. 5 Select Done. Disabling a Guard Zone You can disable a guard zone. From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options >
Adjust Guard Zone > Disable Guard Zone. The guard zone configuration is saved, so you can enable it again when needed. MARPA Mini-automatic radar plotting aid (MARPA) enables you to identify and track targets and is primarily used for collision avoidance. To use MARPA, you assign a MARPA tag to a target. The radar system automatically tracks the tagged object and provides you with information about the object, including the range, bearing, speed, GPS heading, nearest approach, and time to nearest approach. MARPA indicates the status of each tagged object (acquiring, lost, tracking, or dangerous), and the chartplotter can sound a collision alarm if the object enters your safe zone. MARPA Targeting Symbols Acquiring a target. Concentric, dashed green rings radiate from the target while the radar is locking onto it. Target has been acquired. A solid green ring indicates the location of a target that the radar has locked onto. A dashed green line attached to the circle indicates the projected course over ground or the GPS heading of the target. Dangerous target is in range. A red ring flashes from the target while an alarm sounds and a message banner appears. After the alarm has been acknowledged, a solid red dot with a dashed red line attached to it indicates the location and the projected course over ground or the GPS heading of the target. If the safe-
zone collision alarm has been set to Off, the target flashes, but the audible alarm does not sound and the alarm banner does not appear. Target has been lost. A solid green ring with an X through it indicates that the radar could not lock onto the target. Closest point of approach and time to closest point of approach to a dangerous target. Assigning a MARPA Tag to an Object Before you can use MARPA, you must have a heading sensor connected and an active GPS signal. The heading sensor must provide the NMEA 2000 parameter group number (PGN) 127250 or the NMEA 0183 HDM or HDG output sentence. 1 From a radar screen, select an object or location. 2 Select Acquire Target > MARPA Target. Removing a MARPA Tag from a Targeted Object 1 From the Radar screen, select a MARPA target. 2 Select MARPA Target > Remove. Viewing Information about a MARPA-tagged Object You can view the range, bearing, speed, and other information about a MARPA-tagged object. 26 Radar Overlay When you connect your chartplotter to an optional Garmin marine radar, you can use overlay radar information on the Navigation chart or on the Fishing chart. Data appears on the radar overlay based on the most recently used radar mode and all settings configurations applied to the radar overlay are also applied to the last-used radar mode. Radar Overlay and Chart Data Alignment When using the Radar overlay, the chartplotter aligns radar data with chart data based on the boat heading, which is based by default on data from a magnetic heading sensor connected using a NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000 network. If a heading sensor is not available, the boat heading is based on GPS tracking data. GPS tracking data indicates the direction in which the boat is moving, not the direction in which the boat is pointing. If the boat is drifting backward or sideways due to a current or wind, the Radar overlay may not perfectly align with the chart data. This situation should be avoided by using boat-heading data from an electronic compass. If the boat heading is based on data from a magnetic heading sensor or an automatic pilot, the heading data could be compromised due to incorrect setup, mechanical malfunction, magnetic interference, or other factors. If the heading data is compromised, the Radar overlay may not align perfectly with the chart data. Echo Trails The echo trails feature enables you to track the movement of vessels on the radar display. You can change the length of time the trail is displayed. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the settings configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. Turning on Echo Trails From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Echo Trails > Display. Adjusting the Length of the Echo Trails 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU >
Radar Options > Echo Trails > Time. 2 Select the length of the trail. Clearing the Echo Trails You can remove the echo trails from the radar screen to reduce the clutter on the screen. From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Echo Trails > Clear Trails. Optimizing the Radar Display You can adjust the radar display settings for reduced clutter and increased accuracy. NOTE: You can optimize the radar display for each radar mode. 1 Select a radar range (Adjusting the Radar Range, page 25). 2 Restore the default value of the gain setting (Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically, page 27). 3 Adjust the gain setting manually (Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Manually, page 27). Radar Gain and Clutter Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically The automatic gain setting for each radar mode is optimized for that mode, and may differ from the automatic gain setting used for another mode. Radar NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU >
Gain. 2 Select an option:
To adjust the gain automatically for changing conditions, select Auto Low or Auto High. To adjust the gain automatically to show birds over the surface of the water, select Auto Bird. Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Manually For optimal radar performance, you can manually adjust the gain. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU >
Gain. 2 Select Up to raise the gain, until light speckles appear across the Radar screen. Data on the Radar screen is refreshed every few seconds. As a result, the effects of manually adjusting the gain may not appear instantly. Adjust the gain slowly. 3 Select Down to lower the gain until the speckles disappear. 4 If boats, land, or other targets are within range, select Down to lower the gain until the targets begin to blink. 5 Select Up to raise the gain until the boats, land, or other targets appear steadily lit on the Radar screen. 6 Minimize the appearance of nearby large objects, if necessary. 7 Minimize the appearance of side-lobe echoes, if necessary. Minimizing Nearby Large-Object Interference Nearby targets of significant size, such as jetty walls, can cause a very bright image of the target to appear on the Radar screen. This image can obscure smaller targets located near it. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU >
Radar Menu > Gain. 2 Select Down to lower the gain until the smaller targets are clearly visible on the Radar screen. Reducing the gain to eliminate nearby large-object interference may cause smaller or distant targets to blink or disappear from the Radar screen. Minimizing Side-Lobe Interference on the Radar Screen Side-lobe interference may appear to streak outward from a target in a semi-circular pattern. Side-lobe effects can be avoided by reducing the gain or reducing the radar range. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU >
Radar Menu > Gain. 2 Select Down to lower the gain until the semi-circular, streaked pattern disappears from the Radar screen. Reducing the gain to eliminate side-lobe interference may cause smaller or distant targets to blink or disappear from the Radar screen. 27 Adjusting Sea Clutter on the Radar Screen Automatically You can set the chartplotter to automatically adjust the appearance of clutter caused by choppy sea conditions. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the sea clutter setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU >
Sea Clutter. 2 Select Presets or Auto. 3 Select a setting that reflects the present sea conditions. When using a compatible radar model, the chartplotter adjusts the sea clutter based on the sea conditions automatically. Adjusting Sea Clutter on the Radar Screen Manually You can adjust the appearance of clutter caused by choppy sea conditions. The sea clutter setting affects the appearance of nearby clutter and targets more than it affects the appearance of distant clutter and targets. A higher sea clutter setting reduces the appearance of clutter caused by nearby waves, but it can also reduce or eliminate the appearance of nearby targets. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the sea clutter setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU >
Sea Clutter. 2 Select Up or Down to adjust the appearance of sea clutter until other targets are clearly visible on the radar screen. Clutter caused by sea conditions may still be visible. Adjusting Rain Clutter on the Radar Screen You can adjust the appearance of clutter caused by rain. Reducing the radar range also can minimize rain clutter (Tips and Shortcuts, page 1). The rain clutter setting affects the appearance of nearby rain clutter and targets more than it affects the appearance of distant rain clutter and targets. A higher rain clutter setting reduces the appearance of clutter caused by nearby rain, but it can also reduce or eliminate the appearance of nearby targets. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the rain clutter settings configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Rain Clutter. 2 Select Up or Down to decrease or increase the appearance of nearby rain clutter until other targets are clearly visible on the radar screen. Clutter caused by rain may still be visible. Reducing Cross Talk Clutter on the Radar Screen You can reduce the appearance of clutter caused by interference from another nearby radar source, when the cross talk reject setting is on. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the cross talk reject setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU >
Radar Setup > Crosstalk Rej.. Radar Options Menu From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options. MotionScope: Uses the Doppler effect to detect and highlight moving targets to help you avoid potential collisions, find flocks of birds, and track weather formations. Pulse Exp.: Increases the duration of the transmit pulse, which helps maximize the energy directed toward targets. This helps to enhance the detection and identification of targets. Echo Trails: Enables you to track the movement of vessels on the radar screen. Rain Clutter: Reduces the clutter caused by rain. Show VRM/EBL: Shows the variable range marker (VRM) circle and the electronic bearing line (EBL) to allow you to measure the distance and bearing from your boat to a target object. Enable Guard Zone: Sets a safe zone around your boat and sounds an alarm when anything enters the zone. Timed Transmit: Helps conserve power by transmitting radar signals at set intervals. Radar Setup Menu From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup. Source: Selects the radar source when more than one radar is connected to the network. Chart Display: Shows the chart under the radar image. When enabled, the Chart Setup menu appears. Orientation: Sets the perspective of the radar display. Crosstalk Rej.: Reduces the appearance of clutter caused by interference from another nearby radar source. Rotation Spd.: Sets the preferred speed at which the radar rotates. The High Speed option can be used to increase the refresh rate. In some situations, the radar automatically rotates at the normal speed to improve detection, for example, when a longer range is selected or when MotionScope or Dual range is used. Appearance: Sets the color scheme, look-ahead speed, and navigation appearance. Installation: Allows you to configure the radar for the installation, such as setting the front of the boat and the antenna park position. Radar Appearance Settings From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup >
Appearance. NOTE: These settings do not apply to the radar overlay. Bkgd. Color: Sets the color for the background. Foreground Clr.: Sets the color scheme for the radar returns. Look-Ahd. Spd.: Shifts your present location toward the bottom of the screen automatically as your speed increases. Enter your top speed for the best results. Heading Line: Shows an extension from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel on the radar screen. Range Rings: Shows the range rings that help you to visualize distances on the radar screen. Bearing Ring: Shows a bearing relative to your heading or based on a north reference, to help you determine the bearing to an object shown on the radar screen. Nav Lines: Shows the navigation lines that indicate the course you have set using Route To, Auto Guidance, or Go To. Waypoints: Shows waypoints on the radar screen. Radar Installation Settings Front of Boat: Compensates for the physical location of the radar when it is not on the boat axis (Front-of-Boat Offset, page 29). Antenna Configuration: Sets the radar antenna size and sets the position in which the radar stops (Setting a Custom Park Position, page 29). Enable No Transmit Zone: Sets the area in which the radar does not transmit signals (Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone, page 25). 28 Radar Front-of-Boat Offset The front-of-boat offset compensates for the physical location of the radar scanner on a boat, if the radar scanner does not align with the bow-stern axis. Measuring the Potential Front-of-Boat Offset The front-of-boat offset compensates for the physical location of the radar scanner on a boat, if the radar scanner does not align with the bow-stern axis. 1 Using a magnetic compass, take an optical bearing of a stationary target located within viewable range. 2 Measure the target bearing on the radar. 3 If the bearing deviation is more than +/- 1, set the front-of-
boat offset. Setting the Front-of-Boat Offset Before you can set the front-of-boat offset, you must measure the potential front-of-boat offset. The front-of-boat offset setting configured for use in one radar mode is applied to every other radar mode and to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU >
Radar Setup > Installation > Front of Boat. 2 Select Up or Down to adjust the offset. Setting a Custom Park Position If you have more than one radar on your boat, you must be viewing the radar screen for the radar you want to adjust. By default, the antenna is stopped perpendicular to the pedestal when it is not spinning. You can adjust this position. 1 From the radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup >
Installation > Antenna Configuration > Park Position. 2 Use the slider bar to adjust the position of the antenna when stopped, and select BACK. Selecting a Different Radar Source 1 Select an option:
From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU >
Radar Setup > Source. Select Settings > Communications > Preferred Sources > Radar. 2 Select the radar source. Autopilot WARNING You can use the autopilot feature only at a station installed next to a helm, throttle, and helm control device. You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The autopilot is a tool that enhances your capability to operate your boat. It does not relieve you of the responsibility of safely operating your boat. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. Always be prepared to promptly regain manual control of your boat. Learn to operate the autopilot on calm and hazard-free open water. Use caution when operating the autopilot near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings, and other boats. The autopilot system continuously adjusts the steering of your boat to maintain a constant heading (heading hold). The system also allows manual steering and several modes of automatic-
steering functions and patterns. Opening the Autopilot Screen Before you can open the autopilot screen, you must have a compatible autopilot installed and configured. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Autopilot. Autopilot Screen Actual heading Intended heading (heading the autopilot is steering toward) Actual heading (when in standby mode) Intended heading (when engaged) Rudder position indicator (This functionality is available only when a rudder sensor is connected.) Adjusting the Step Steering Increment 1 From the Autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup >
Step Turn Size. 2 Select an increment. Setting the Power Saver You can adjust the level of rudder activity. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup >
Power Mode Setup > Power Saver. 2 Select a percentage. Selecting a higher percentage reduces rudder activity and heading performance. The higher the percentage, the more the course deviates before the autopilot corrects it. TIP: In choppy conditions at low speeds, increasing the Power Saver percentage reduces rudder activity. Enabling Shadow Drive NOTE: The Shadow Drive feature is available only on hydraulic steering systems. From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup >
Shadow Drive > Enabled. Engaging the Autopilot When you engage the autopilot, the autopilot takes control of the helm and steers the boat to maintain your heading. From any screen, select Engage. Your intended heading shows in the center of the Autopilot screen. Adjusting the Heading with the Helm NOTE: You must enable the Shadow Drive feature before you can adjust the heading using the helm (Enabling Shadow Drive, page 29). With the autopilot engaged, manually steer the boat. The autopilot activates Shadow Drive mode. When you release the helm and manually maintain a specific heading for a few seconds, the autopilot resumes a heading hold at the new heading. Adjusting the Heading with the Chartplotter in Step Steering Mode Before you can steer your boat using the keys at the bottom of the autopilot screen, you must engage the autopilot (Engaging the Autopilot, page 29). Select <1 or 1> to initiate a single 1 turn. Autopilot 29 Select <<10 or 10>> to initiate a single 10 turn. Hold <1 or 1> to initiate a rate-controlled turn. The boat continues to turn until you let go of the key. Hold <<10 or 10>> to initiate a sequence of 10 turns. Steering Patterns WARNING You are responsible for the safe operation of your boat. Do not begin a pattern until you are certain that the water is clear of obstacles. The autopilot can steer the boat in preset patterns for fishing, and it can also perform other specialty maneuvers such as U-
turns and Williamson turns. Following the U-Turn Pattern You can use the u-turn pattern to turn the boat around 180 degrees and maintain the new heading. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering
> U-Turn. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Circles Pattern You can use the circles pattern to steer the boat in a continuous circle, in a specified direction, and at a specified time interval. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering
> Circles. 2 If necessary, select Time, and select a time for the autopilot to steer one complete circle. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Zigzag Pattern You can use the zigzag pattern to steer the boat from port to starboard and back, over a specified time and angle, across your present heading. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering
> Zigzag. 2 If necessary, select Amplitude, and select a degree. 3 If necessary, select Period, and select a length of time. 4 Select Engage Zigzag. Following the Williamson Turn Pattern You can use the Williamson turn pattern to steer the boat around with the intent of running alongside the location where the Williamson turn pattern was initiated. The Williamson turn pattern can be used in man overboard situations. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering
> Williamson Turn. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Following an Orbit Pattern You can use the orbit pattern to steer the boat in a continuous circle around the active waypoint. The size of the circle is defined by your distance from the active waypoint when you begin the orbit pattern. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering
> Orbit. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Cloverleaf Pattern You can use the cloverleaf pattern to steer the boat to repeatedly pass over an active waypoint. When you begin the cloverleaf pattern, the autopilot drives the boat toward the active waypoint and begins the cloverleaf pattern. You can adjust the distance between the waypoint and the location where the autopilot turns the boat for another pass over the waypoint. The default setting turns the boat at a range of 1000 ft. (300 m) from the active waypoint. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering
> Cloverleaf. 2 If necessary, select Length, and select a distance. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following a Search Pattern You can use the search pattern to steer the boat in increasingly larger circles outward from the active waypoint, forming a spiral pattern. When you begin the search pattern, the autopilot drives the boat to the active waypoint and begins the pattern. You can adjust the distance between each circle in the spiral. The default distance between circles is 50 ft. (20 m). 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering
> Search. 2 If necessary, select Search Spacing, and select a distance. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Cancelling a Steering Pattern Physically steer the boat. NOTE: Shadow Drive must be enabled to cancel a steering pattern by physically steering the boat. Select Select Standby. or to cancel a pattern using step steering mode. Digital Selective Calling Networked Chartplotter and VHF Radio Functionality If you have a NMEA 0183 VHF radio or a NMEA 2000 VHF radio connected to your chartplotter, these features are enabled. The chartplotter can transfer your GPS position to your radio. If your radio is capable, GPS position information is transmitted with DSC calls. The chartplotter can receive digital selective calling (DSC) distress and position information from the radio. The chartplotter can track the positions of vessels sending position reports. If you have a Garmin NMEA 2000 VHF radio connected to your chartplotter, these features are also enabled. The chartplotter allows you to quickly set up and send individual routine call details to your Garmin VHF radio. When you initiate a man-overboard distress call from your radio, the chartplotter shows the man-overboard screen and prompts you to navigate to the man-overboard point. When you initiate a man-overboard distress call from your chartplotter, the radio shows the Distress Call page to initiate a man-overboard distress call. Turning On DSC Select Settings > Other Vessels > DSC. DSC List The DSC list is a log of the most recent DSC calls and other DSC contacts you have entered. The DSC list can contain up to 100 entries. The DSC list shows the most recent call from a boat. If a second call is received from the same boat, it replaces the first call in the call list. Viewing the DSC List Before you can view the DSC list, the chartplotter must be connected to a VHF radio that supports DSC. Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 30 Digital Selective Calling Adding a DSC Contact You can add a vessel to your DSC list. You can make calls to a DSC contact from the chartplotter. 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List > Add Contact. 2 Enter the Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI) of the vessel. 3 Enter the name of the vessel. Incoming Distress Calls If your compatible chartplotter and VHF radio are connected using NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000, your chartplotter alerts you when your VHF radio receives a DSC distress call. If position information was sent with the distress call, that information is also available and recorded with the call. designates a distress call in the DSC list and marks the position of the vessel on the Navigation chart at the time of the DSC distress call. Navigating to a Vessel in Distress designates a distress call in the DSC list and marks the position of a vessel on the Navigation chart at the time of the DSC distress call. 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Navigate To. 4 Select Go To or Route To. Man-Overboard Distress Calls Initiated from a VHF Radio When the chartplotter is connected to a compatible VHF radio with NMEA 2000, and you initiate a man-overboard DSC distress call from the radio, the chartplotter shows the man-
overboard screen and prompts you to navigate to the man-
overboard point. If you have a compatible autopilot system connected to the network, the chartplotter prompts you to start a Williamsons turn to the man-overboard point. If you cancel the man-overboard distress call on the radio, the chartplotter screen prompting you to activate navigation to the man-overboard location disappears. Man-Overboard and SOS Distress Calls Initiated from the Chartplotter When your chartplotter is connected to a Garmin NMEA 2000 compatible radio and you mark an SOS or man-overboard location, the radio shows the Distress Call page so you can quickly initiate a distress call. For information on placing distress calls from your radio, see the VHF radio owners manual. For information about marking an MOB or SOS location, see Marking an SOS Location, page 11. Position Tracking When you connect the chartplotter to a VHF radio using NMEA 0183, you can track vessels that send position reports. This feature is also available with NMEA 2000, when the vessel sends the correct PGN data (PGN 129808; DSC Call Information). Every position report call received is logged in the DSC list
(DSC List, page 30). Viewing a Position Report 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review. 4 Select an option:
To view the position report details, select Previous Page. Navigating to a Tracked Vessel 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Navigate To. 4 Select Go To or Route To. Creating a Waypoint at the Position of a Tracked Vessel 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > New Waypoint. Editing Information in a Position Report 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Edit. To enter the name of the vessel, select Name. To select a new symbol, select Symbol, if available. To enter a comment, select Comment. To show a trail line for the vessel if your radio is tracking the position of the vessel, select Trail. To select a color for the trail line, select Trail Line. Deleting a Position-Report Call 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Clear Report. Viewing Vessel Trails on the Chart You can view trails for all tracked vessels on some chart views. By default, a black line indicates the path of the vessel, a black dot indicates each previously reported position of a tracked vessel, and a blue flag indicates the last reported position of the vessel. 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select MENU > Chart Setup >
Other Vessels > DSC > Display Setup. 2 Select the number of hours to show tracked vessels on the chart. For example, if you select 4 Hours, all trail points that are less than four hours old appear for all tracked vessels. Individual Routine Calls When you connect the chartplotter to a Garmin VHF radio, you can use the chartplotter interface to set up an individual routine call. When setting up an individual routine call from your chartplotter, you can select the DSC channel on which you want to communicate. The radio transmits this request with your call. Selecting a DSC Channel NOTE: The selection of a DSC channel is limited to those channels that are available in all frequency bands. The default channel is 72. If you select a different channel, the chartplotter uses that channel for subsequent calls until you call using another channel. 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a vessel or a station to call. 3 Select Review > Call with Radio > Channel. 4 Select an available channel. To switch to a Navigation chart marking the location, select Next Page. Digital Selective Calling 31 Making an Individual Routine Call NOTE: When initiating a call from the chartplotter, if the radio does not have an MMSI number programmed, the radio will not receive call information. 1 Select NAV INFO > DSC List. 2 Select a vessel or a station to call. 3 Select Review > Call with Radio. 4 If necessary, select Channel, and select a new channel. 5 Select Send. The chartplotter sends information about the call to the radio. 6 On your Garmin VHF radio, select Call. Making an Individual Routine Call to an AIS Target 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select an AIS target. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Call with Radio. 3 If necessary, select Channel, and select a new channel. 4 Select Send. The chartplotter sends information about the call to the radio. 5 On your Garmin VHF radio, select Call. Gauges and Graphs or to view a different gauge page. The gauges and graphs provide various information about the engine and environment. To view the information, a compatible transducer or sensor must be connected to the network. Viewing the Gauges 1 Select A/V, Gauges, Controls. 2 Select a gauge. 3 Select Changing the Data Shown in a Gauge 1 From a gauges screen, hold a gauge. 2 Select Replace Data. 3 Select a data type. 4 Select the data to display. Customizing the Gauges You can change the layout of the gauge pages, how the gauges pages are displayed, and the data in each gauge. 1 Open a gauge page. 2 Select MENU > Edit Gauge Pages. 3 Select an option:
To change the data shown in a gauge, select the gauge. To change the layout of the gauges on the page, select Layout. To add a page to this set of gauge pages, select Add Page. To change the order of this page in the set of gauge pages, select Move Page Left or Move Page Right. To restore this page to the original view, select Restore Default View. Customizing Engine Gauge and Fuel Gauge Limits You can configure the upper and lower limits and the range of desired standard operation of a gauge. NOTE: Not all options are available for all gauges. 1 From an applicable gauges screen, select MENU >
Installation > Set Gauge Limits. 2 Select a gauge to customize. 3 Select an option:
To set the minimum value of the standard operating range, select Rated Min.. To set the maximum value of the standard operating range, select Rated Max.. To set the lower limit of the gauge lower than the rated minimum, select Scale Min.. To set the upper limit of the gauge higher than the rated maximum, select Scale Max.. 4 Select the limit value. 5 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to set additional gauge limits. Viewing Engine and Fuel Gauges Before you can view engine and fuel gauges, you must be connected to a NMEA 2000 network capable of sensing engine and fuel data. See the installation instructions for details. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Engines. Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges You can show information for up to four engines. 1 From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation
> Engine Selection > Number of Engines. 2 Select an option:
Select the number of engines. Select Auto Configure to automatically detect the number of engines. Customizing the Engines Shown in Gauges Before you can customize how the engines are shown in the gauges, you must manually select the number of engines
(Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges, page 32). 1 From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation
> Engine Selection > Edit Engines. 2 Select First Engine. 3 Select the engine to display in the first gauge. 4 Repeat for the remaining engine bars. Enabling Status Alarms for Engine Gauges You can enable the chartplotter to display engine status alarms. From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation
> Status Alarms > On. When an engine alarms is triggered, a gauge status alarm message appears and the gauge may become red depending on the type of alarm. Enabling Some Engine Gauge Status Alarms 1 From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation
> Status Alarms > Custom. 2 Select one or more engine gauge alarms to turn on or off. Setting the Fuel Alarm Before you can set a fuel level alarm, a compatible fuel flow sensor must be connected to the chartplotter. You can set an alarm to sound when the total amount of remaining onboard fuel reaches the level you specify. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Fuel > Set Total Fuel Onboard 2 Enter the remaining amount of fuel that triggers the alarm,
> On. and select Done. Setting the Fuel Capacity of the Vessel 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Fuel Capacity. 2 Enter the combined total capacity of the fuel tanks. 32 Gauges and Graphs Synchronizing the Fuel Data with the Actual Vessel Fuel You can synchronize the fuel levels in the chartplotter with the actual fuel in the vessel when you add fuel to your vessel. 1 Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Engines > MENU. 2 Select an option:
After you have filled up all the fuel tanks on the vessel, select Fill Up All Tanks. The fuel level is reset to maximum capacity. After you have added less than a full tank of fuel, select Add Fuel to Boat, and enter the amount added. To specify the total fuel in the vessel tanks, select Set Total Fuel Onboard, and enter the total amount of fuel in the tanks. Viewing the Wind Gauges Before you can view wind information, you must have a wind sensor connected to the chartplotter. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Wind. Configuring the Sailing Wind Gauge You can configure the sailing wind gauge to show true or apparent wind speed and angle. 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Sailing Wind Gauge. 2 Select an option:
To show true or apparent wind angle, select Needle, and select an option. To show true or apparent wind speed, select Wind Speed, and select an option. Configuring the Speed Source You can specify whether the vessel speed data displayed on the gauge and used for wind calculations is based on water speed or GPS speed. 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Compass Gauge >
Speed Display. 2 Select an option:
To calculate the vessel speed based on data from the water-speed sensor, select Water Speed. To calculate the vessel speed based on GPS data, select GPS Speed. Configuring the Heading Source of the Wind Gauge You can specify the source of the heading displayed on the wind gauge. Magnetic heading is the heading data received from a heading sensor, and GPS heading is calculated by your chartplotter GPS (course over ground). 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Compass Gauge >
Heading Source. 2 Select GPS Hdg. or Magnetic. NOTE: When moving at low speeds or when stationary, the magnetic compass source is more accurate than the GPS source. Customizing the Close-Hauled Wind Gauge You can specify the range of the close-hauled wind gauge for both the upwind scale and the downwind scale. 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Compass Gauge >
Gauge Type > Close Hauled Gauge. 2 Select an option:
To view true or apparent wind, select Wind, and select an option. Viewing Trip Gauges Trip gauges show information for odometer, speed, time, and fuel for your present trip. Select NAV INFO > Trip & Graphs > Trip. Resetting Trip Gauges 1 Select NAV INFO > Trip & Graphs > Trip. 2 Select an option:
To set all the readings for the present trip to zero, select Reset Trip. To set the maximum speed reading to zero, select Reset Maximum Speed. To set the odometer reading to zero, select Reset Odometer. To set all the readings to zero, select Reset All. Viewing Graphs Before you can view graphs of various environmental changes, such as temperature, depth, and wind, you must have an appropriate transducer or sensor connected to the network. Select NAV INFO > Trip & Graphs > Graphs. Setting the Graph Range and Time Scales You can indicate the amount of time and the range of depth that appear in the depth and water temperature graphs. 1 From a graph, select Graph Setup. 2 Select an option:
To set a time-elapsed scale, select Depth Log Duration. The default setting is 10 minutes. Increasing the time-
elapsed scale allows you to view variations over a longer period of time. Decreasing the time-elapsed scale allows you to view more detail over a shorter period of time. To set the graph scale, select Depth Log Scale. Increasing the scale allows you to view more variation in readings. Decreasing the scale allows you to view more detail in the variation. Battery Management You can view the battery and other power sources, and the devices that use those sources. Batteries are listed along the top of the screen. Other sources of power, such as solar, alternator, converter, and wind generator, are listed along the left side. The items along the right side of the screen are devices that use the batteries and other power sources. Setting Up the Battery Management Page 1 Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Battery Management >
MENU > Edit Devices. 2 Select an item. 3 Select Device, and select an item from the list. 4 If necessary, select Name, enter a name for this device, and 5 If necessary, select Change Icon, select a new symbol, and select Done. select Done. 6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each device. To set the maximum and minimum values that appear when the upwind close-hauled wind gauge appears, select Change Upwind Scale, and set the angles. To set the maximum and minimum values that appear when the downwind close-hauled wind gauge appears, select Change Downwind Scale, and set the angles. Gauges and Graphs 33 Tide, Current, and Celestial Information Tide Station Information You can view information about a tide station for a specific date and time, including the tide height, and when the next high and low tides will occur. By default, the chartplotter shows tide information for the most recently viewed tide station and for the present date and time. Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents > Tides. Current Station Information NOTE: Current station information is available with certain detailed maps. You can view information about a current station for a specific date and time, including the current speed and level of the current. By default, the chartplotter shows current information for the most recently viewed current station and for the present date and time. Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents > Currents. Celestial Information You can view information about sunrise, sunset, moonrise, moonset, moon phase, and the approximate sky view location of the sun and moon. The center of the screen represents the sky overhead, and the outermost rings represent the horizon. By default, the chartplotter shows celestial information for the present date and time. Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents > Celestial. Viewing Tide Station, Current Station, or Celestial Information for a Different Date 1 Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents. 2 Select Tides, Currents, or Celestial. 3 Select an option. To view information for a different date, select Change Date > Manual, and enter a date. To view information for today, select Change Date >
Current Date and Time. If available, to view information for the day after the date shown, select Next Day. If available, to view information for the day before the date shown, select Previous Day. Viewing Information for a Different Tide or Current Station 1 Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents. 2 Select Tides or Currents. 3 Select Nearby Stations. 4 Select a station. Viewing Almanac Information from the Navigation Chart 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select a location. 2 Select Information. 3 Select Tides, Currents, or Celestial. Warning Manager Viewing Messages 1 Select NAV INFO > Warning Manager. 2 Select a message. 3 Select Review. Sorting and Filtering Messages 1 Select NAV INFO > Warning Manager > Sort Filter. 2 Select an option to sort or filter the message list. Saving Messages to a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > Warning Manager > Save to Card. Clearing all of the Messages Select NAV INFO > Warning Manager > Clear Warning Manager. Media Player NOTE: The media player feature is not compatible with all chartplotter models. NOTE: Not all features are available on all connected media players. If you have a compatible stereo connected to the NMEA 2000 network, you can control the stereo using the chartplotter. The chartplotter should automatically detect the media player when it is first connected. You can play media from sources connected to the media player and sources connected to the NMEA 2000 network. Opening the Media Player Before you can open the media player, you must connect a compatible device to the chartplotter. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Media. Icons NOTE: Not all devices have these icons. Icon Description Saves or deletes a channel as a preset Repeats all songs Repeats one song Searches for stations or skips songs Shuffles Selecting the Media Source When you have multiple media devices connected on a network, such as the NMEA 2000 network, you can select the media source you want to control from your chartplotter. NOTE: You can play media only from sources that are connected to the device. NOTE: Not all features are available on all media sources. 1 From the media screen, select Source. NOTE: The source menu appears only for devices that support multiple media sources. 2 Select a source. Playing Music Browsing for Music 1 From the media screen, select Browse or MENU > Browse. 2 Select SELECT or select an option. 34 Tide, Current, and Celestial Information Enabling Alphabetical Search You can enable the alphabetical search feature to find a song or album in a large list. From the media screen, select MENU > Installation > Alpha Search. Setting a Song to Repeat 1 While playing a song, select MENU > Repeat. 2 If necessary, select Single. Setting All Songs to Repeat From the media screen, select MENU > Repeat > All. Setting Songs to Shuffle 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Shuffle. 2 If necessary, select an option. Adjusting the Volume Enabling and Disabling Zones If you have wired your vessel's speakers into zones, you can disable unused zones. 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Audio Levels >
Enable/Disable Zones. 2 Select a zone. Muting the Media Volume 1 From the media screen, select 2 If necessary, select SELECT. VHF Radio Scanning VHF Channels Before you can scan VHF channels, you must set the source to VHF. You can monitor VHF channels saved as presets for activity and automatically switch to an active channel. From the VHF media screen, select Scan. Adjusting the VHF Squelch NOTE: Your media player must support VHF radio to use this feature. 1 From the VHF source page, select MENU > Squelch. 2 Use the slider bar to adjust the VHF squelch. Radio To listen to AM or FM radio, you must have a suitable marine AM/FM antenna properly connected to the stereo and be within range of a broadcasting station. For instructions on connecting an AM/FM antenna, see the stereo installation instructions. To listen to SiriusXM radio, you must have the appropriate equipment and subscriptions SiriusXM Satellite Radio, page 36. For instructions on connecting a SiriusXM Connect Vehicle Tuner, see the stereo installation instructions. To listen to DAB stations, you must have the appropriate equipment (DAB Playback, page 35). For instructions on connecting a DAB adapter and antenna, see the installation instructions provided with your adapter and antenna. Setting the Tuner Region 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation > Tuner Region. 2 Select an option. Changing the Radio Station 1 From the media screen, select an applicable source, such as FM. 2 Select or to tune to a station. Changing the Tuning Mode You can change how you select a station for some media types, such as FM or AM radio. NOTE: Not all tuning modes are available for all media sources. 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Tuning Mode. 2 Select an option. 3 If necessary, select SELECT. Presets You can save your favorite AM stations and FM stations as presets for easy access. You can save your favorite SiriusXM channels if you are connected to an optional SiriusXM tuner and antenna. Saving a Station as a Preset 1 From an applicable media screen, tune to the station to save as a preset. 2 Select Presets > Add Current Channel. Selecting a Preset 1 From an applicable media screen, select Presets. 2 Select a preset from the list. 3 Select Tune to Channel. Removing a Preset 1 From an applicable media screen, select Presets. 2 Select a preset from the list. 3 Select Remove Current Channel. DAB Playback When you connect a compatible Digital Audio Broadcasting
(DAB) module and antenna, such as the FUSION MS-
DAB100A to a compatible stereo, you can tune in to and play DAB stations To use the DAB source, you must be in a region in which DAB is available, and select the tuner region (Setting the DAB Tuner Region, page 35). Setting the DAB Tuner Region You must select the region you are in to receive DAB stations properly. 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation > Tuner Region. 2 Select the region you are in. Scanning for DAB Stations Before you can scan for DAB stations, you must connect a compatible DAB module and antenna (not included) to the stereo. Because DAB signals are broadcast in select countries only, you must also set the tuner region to a location where DAB signals are broadcast. 1 Select the DAB source. 2 Select Scan to scan for available DAB stations. When scanning is complete, the first available station in the first ensemble found begins playing. NOTE: After the first scan is complete, you can select Scan again to re-scan for DAB stations. When the re-scan is complete, the system starts playing the first station in the ensemble you were listening to when you started the re-scan. Changing DAB Stations 1 Select the DAB source. 2 If necessary, select Scan to scan for local DAB stations. 3 Select to change the station. or When you reach the end of the current ensemble, the stereo automatically changes to the first available station in the next ensemble. Media Player 35 Selecting a DAB Station from a List 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Stations. 2 Select a station from the list. Selecting a DAB Station from a Category 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Categories. 2 Select a category from the list. 3 Select a station from the list. DAB Presets You can save your favorite DAB stations as presets for easy access. You can save up to 15 DAB-station presets. Saving a DAB Station as a Preset 1 From the DAB media screen, select the station to save as a preset. 2 Select Browse > Presets > Save Current. Selecting a DAB Preset from a List 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Presets >
View Presets. 2 Select a preset from the list. Removing DAB Presets 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Presets. 2 Select an option:
To remove one preset, select Remove Preset, and select the preset. To remove all presets, select Remove All Presets. SiriusXM Satellite Radio When you have a FUSION-Link capable stereo and SiriusXM Connect Tuner installed and connected to the chartplotter, you may have access to SiriusXM satellite radio, depending on your subscription. Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID Before you can activate your SiriusXM subscription, you must have the radio ID of your SiriusXM Connect Tuner. You can locate the SiriusXM Radio ID on the back of the SiriusXM Connect Tuner, on the back of its packaging, or by tuning your chartplotter to channel 0. 1 Select Media > Source > SiriusXM. 2 Tune to channel 0. The SiriusXM radio ID does not include the letters I, O, S, or F. Activating a SiriusXM Subscription Before you can activate the SiriusXM subscription, you must have the Radio ID (Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID, page 36). 1 With the SiriusXM source selected, tune to channel 1. You should be able to hear the preview channel. If not, check the SiriusXM Connect Tuner and antenna installation and connections, and try again. 2 Tune to channel 0 to locate the Radio ID. 3 Contact SiriusXM listener care by phone at (866) 635-2349 or go to www.siriusxm.com/activatenow to subscribe in the United States. Contact SiriusXM by phone at (877) 438-9677 or go to www.siriusxm.ca/activatexm to subscribe in Canada. 4 Provide the Radio ID. The activation process usually takes 10 to 15 minutes, but can take up to an hour. For the SiriusXM Connect Tuner to receive the activation message, it must be turned on and receiving the SiriusXM signal. 5 If the service is not activated within the hour, go to http://care.siriusxm.com/refresh or contact SiriusXM by phone at 1-855-MYREFRESH (697-3373). Customizing the Channel Guide SiriusXM radio channels are grouped in categories. You can select the categories of channels that appear in the channel guide. Select an option:
If the media device is a FUSION-Link capable stereo, select Media > Browse > Channel. If the media device is a GXM antenna, select Media >
Category. Saving a SiriusXM Channel to the Presets List You can save your favorite channels to the presets list. 1 Select Media. 2 Select the channel to save as a preset. 3 Select an option:
If the media device is a FUSION-Link capable stereo, select Browse > Presets. If the media device is a GXM antenna, select MENU >
Presets > Add Current Channel. Unlocking SiriusXM Parental Controls 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Unlock. 2 Enter your passcode. The default passcode is 0000. Setting Parental Controls on SiriusXM Radio Channels Before you can set parental controls, the parental controls must be unlocked. The parental control feature allows you to limit access to any SiriusXM channels, including those with mature content. When enabled, the parental control feature requires you to enter a passcode to tune to the locked channels. Select Browse > Parental > Lock/Unlock. A list of channels appears. A checkmark indicates a locked channel. NOTE: When you view the channels after setting parental controls, the display changes:
indicates a locked channel. indicates an unlocked channel. Changing a Parental Passcode on a SiriusXM Radio Before you can change the passcode, the parental controls must be unlocked. 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Change PIN. 2 Enter your passcode and select Done. 3 Enter a new passcode. 4 Confirm the new passcode. Restoring Default Parental Control Settings Values This process deletes all the settings information you have entered. When you restore the parental control settings to their default values, the passcode value is reset to 0000. 1 From the media menu, select Installation > Factory Defaults. 2 Select Yes. Clearing All Locked Channels on a SiriusXM Radio Before you can clear all locked channels, the parental controls must be unlocked. 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Clear All Locked. 2 Enter your passcode. 36 Media Player Setting the Device Name 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation > Set Device Name. 2 Enter a device name. 3 Select SELECT or Done. Updating the Media Player Software You can update the software on compatible connected stereos and accessories. 1 Go to www.fusionentertainment.com/marine, and download the software update onto a USB flash drive. Software updates and instructions are available on your device product page. 2 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB port of the stereo. 3 On the chartplotter media screen, select MENU >
Installation > Update Software. 4 Select the item to update. SiriusXM Weather WARNING The weather information provided through this product is subject to service interruptions and may contain errors, inaccuracies, or outdated information, and consequently should not be relied upon exclusively. Always use common sense while navigating, and check alternate weather information sources prior to making safety-related decisions. You acknowledge and agree that you shall be solely responsible for use of the weather information and all decisions taken with respect to navigating in weather. Garmin will not be responsible for any consequences of using SiriusXM weather information. NOTE: SiriusXM data is not available in all regions. A Garmin SiriusXM satellite weather receiver and antenna receives satellite weather data and shows it on various Garmin devices, including the Navigation chart on a compatible chartplotter. The weather data for each feature comes from reputable weather data centers such as the National Weather Service and the Hydrometeorological Prediction Center. For more information, go to www.siriusxm.com/sxmmarine. SiriusXM Equipment and Subscription Requirements To use satellite weather, you must have a compatible satellite weather receiver. To use SiriusXM satellite radio, you must have a compatible satellite radio receiver. Go to www.garmin.com for more information. You must also have a valid subscription to receive satellite weather and radio. For more information, refer to the instructions for your satellite weather and radio equipment. Weather Data Broadcasts Weather data is broadcast at different intervals for each weather feature. For example, radar is broadcast at five-minute intervals. When the Garmin receiver is turned on, or when a different weather feature is selected, the receiver must receive new data before it can be shown. You might experience a delay before weather data or a different feature appears on the chart. NOTE: Any weather feature can change in appearance if the source that provides the information changes. Changing the Weather Chart 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with a weather chart, select MENU > Weather Menu > Change Weather. 2 Select a weather chart. Viewing Precipitation Information Precipitation ranging from very light rain and snow, up to strong thunderstorms, is indicated in varying shades and colors. Precipitation is shown either independently or with other weather information. Select Charts > Precipitation. The time stamp in the upper-left corner of the screen indicates the elapsed time since the weather data provider last updated the information. Precipitation Views From the precipitation weather chart, select MENU. RADAR Loop: Shows precipitation information as an image of the latest update or as an animated loop of the latest updates. The time stamp indicates the elapsed time since the service provider generated the weather radar frame currently displayed on the screen. on the weather precipitation Cloud Cover: Shows cloud cover data. Waypoints: Shows waypoints. Legend: Shows the weather legend. Storm Cell and Lightning Information Storm cell are represented by chart. They indicate both the present position of a storm and the projected path of that storm in the immediate future. Red cones appear with a storm cell icon, and the widest part of each cone points in the direction of the projected path of the storm cell. The red lines in each cone indicate where the storm will most likely be in the near future. Each line represents 15 minutes. Lightning strikes are represented by
. Lightning appears on the weather precipitation chart if strikes were detected within the last seven minutes. The ground-based lightning detection network detects cloud-to-ground lightning only. NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. Hurricane Information The weather Precipitation chart can show the present position of a hurricane line stemming from a hurricane icon indicates the projected path of the hurricane. Darkened dots on the red line indicate the projected locations through which the hurricane will pass, as received from the weather data provider. Weather Warnings and Weather Bulletins When a marine weather warning, weather watch, weather advisory, weather bulletin, or other weather statement is issued, shading indicates the area to which the information applies. The aqua lines on the chart indicate the boundaries of marine forecasts, coastal forecasts, and offshore forecasts. Weather bulletins may consist of either weather watches or weather advisories. To view information about the warning or bulletin, select the shaded area. Color Cyan Blue Red Yellow Red Marine Weather Group Flash Flood Flood Marine Severe Storm Tornado
, a tropical storm, or a tropical depression. A red Forecast Information The Forecast chart shows city forecasts, marine forecasts, warnings, hurricane warnings, METARS, county warnings, SiriusXM Weather 37 weather fronts and pressure centers, surface pressure, and weather buoys. Viewing Forecast Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Forecast. 2 Select an option:
To view the weather forecast for the next 48 hours, in 12-
hour increments, select Next Forecast multiple times. To view the weather forecast for the previous 48 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Previous Forecast multiple times. Weather Fronts and Pressure Centers Weather fronts appear as lines that indicate the leading edge of an air mass. Front Symbol Description Cold front Warm front Stationary front Occluded front Trough Pressure-center symbols often appear near weather fronts. Pressure-
Center Symbol Description Indicates a low-pressure center, which is a region of relatively lower pressure. Moving away from a low-
pressure center results in increased pressure. Winds flow counterclockwise around low-pressure centers in the northern hemisphere. Indicates a high-pressure center, which is a region of relatively higher pressure. Moving away from a high-
pressure center results in decreased pressure. Winds flow clockwise around high-pressure centers in the northern hemisphere. Viewing a Marine Forecast or an Offshore Forecast 1 Select Charts > Forecast. 2 Pan the chart to an offshore location. The Marine Forecast or Offshore Forecast options appear when forecast information is available. 3 Select Marine Forecast or Offshore Forecast. City Forecasts City forecasts appear as weather symbols. The forecast is viewed in 12-hour increments. Symbol Weather Symbol Weather Partly cloudy Fair (sunny, hot, clear) Cloudy Windy Thunderstorms Smoke (dusty, hazy) Rain (drizzle, sleet, showers) Foggy Snow (snow showers, flurries, blizzard, blowing snow, sleet, freezing rain, freezing drizzle) Viewing Sea Conditions The Sea Conditions feature shows information about surface conditions, including winds, wave height, wave period, and wave direction. Select Charts > Sea Conditions. Surface Winds Surface wind vectors appear on the Sea Conditions chart using wind barbs that indicate the direction from which the wind is blowing. A wind barb is a circle with a tail. The line or flag attached to the tail of the wind barb indicates the wind speed. A short line represents 5 knots, a long line represents 10 knots, and triangle represents 50 knots. Wind Barb Wind Barb Wind Speed Calm Wind Speed 20 knots 5 knots 10 knots 15 knots 50 knots 65 knots Wave Height, Wave Period, and Wave Direction Wave heights for an area appear as variations in color. Different colors indicate different wave heights, as shown in the legend. The wave period indicates the time (in seconds) between successive waves. Wave period lines indicate areas that have the same wave period. Wave directions appear on the chart using red arrows. The direction of each arrow pointer indicates the direction in which a wave is moving. Viewing Forecast Sea Conditions Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Sea Conditions. 2 Select an option:
To view forecasted sea conditions for the next 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Next Forecast multiple times. To view the forecasted sea conditions for the previous 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Previous Forecast multiple times. Viewing Fishing Information The weather Fishing chart shows present water temperature, present surface pressure conditions, and fishing forecasts. Select Charts > Fishing. Surface Pressure and Water Temperature Data Surface-pressure information appears as pressure isobars and pressure centers. Isobars connect points of equal pressure. Pressure readings can help to determine weather and wind conditions. High-pressure areas are generally associated with fair weather. Low-pressure areas are generally associated with clouds and the chance of precipitation. Isobars packed closely together show a strong pressure gradient. Strong pressure gradients are associated with areas of stronger winds. Pressure units are shown in millibars (mb), inches of Mercury
(inHg), or hectopascals (hPa). Colored shading indicates the surface temperature of the water, as shown in the legend in the corner of the display. Forecasting Fish Locations You can show areas that contain optimal weather conditions for specific species of fish. NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. 1 From the weather Fishing chart, select MENU > Fish Species. 2 Select a species of fish. 3 Select On. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to show areas with optimal weather conditions for additional species of fish. 38 SiriusXM Weather Shaded areas indicate optimal fishing areas. If you have selected more than one species of fish, you can select a shaded area to view the fish species that are included in the shaded area. Changing the Sea Surface Temperature Color Range You can change the color range dynamically to view higher resolution sea surface temperature readings. 1 From the weather fishing chart, select MENU > Sea Temperature. 2 Select an option:
To allow the chartplotter to adjust the temperature range automatically, select Auto Configure. The chartplotter automatically finds the lower and upper limits for the current screen, and updates the temperature-
color scale. To enter the lower and upper limits for the temperature range, select Lower Limit or Upper Limit, and enter the lower or upper limit. Visibility Information Visibility is the forecast maximum horizontal distance that can be seen at the surface, as shown in the legend on the left of the screen. Variations in the visibility shading show the forecast change in surface visibility. NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. Select Charts > Visibility. Viewing Forecast Visibility Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Visibility. 2 Select an option:
To view the visibility forecast for the next 36 hours, in 12-
hour increments, select Next Forecast multiple times. To view the visibility forecast for the previous 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Previous Forecast multiple times. Viewing Buoy Reports Report readings are taken from buoys and coastal observation stations. These readings are used to determine air temperature, dew point, water temperature, tide, wave height and period, wind direction and speed, visibility, and barometric pressure. 1 From a weather chart, select 2 Select Buoy. Viewing Local Weather Information near a Buoy You can select an area near a buoy to view forecast information. 1 From a weather chart, select a location on the chart. 2 Select Local Weather. 3 Select an option:
. To view present weather conditions from a local weather service, select Current Cond.. To view a local weather forecast, select Forecast. To view surface wind and barometric pressure information, select Sea Surface. To view wind and wave information, select Marine Bulletin. Creating a Waypoint on a Weather Chart 1 From a weather chart, select a location. 2 Select New Waypoint. Weather Overlay The weather overlay superimposes weather and weather-related information on the Navigation chart, the Fishing chart, and the Perspective 3D chart view. The Navigation chart and the Fishing chart can show weather radar, height of cloud tops, lightning, weather buoys, county warnings, and hurricane warnings. The Perspective 3D chart view can show weather radar. Weather overlay settings configured for use on one chart are not applied to another chart. The weather overlay settings for each chart must be configured separately. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. Turning On the Weather Overlay on a Chart From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select MENU >
Chart Setup > Weather > Weather > On. Weather Overlay Settings on the Navigation Chart From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Chart Setup >
Weather. Weather: Turns on and off the weather overlay. Precipitation: Shows precipitation data. Cloud Cover: Shows cloud cover data. Visibility: Shows visibility data. Buoys: Shows weather buoys. Legend: Shows the weather legend. Weather Overlay Settings on the Fishing Chart From the Fishing chart, select MENU > Chart Setup > Weather. Precipitation: Shows precipitation radar. Sea Temperature: Shows sea temperature data. Buoys: Shows weather buoys. Legend: Shows the weather legend. Viewing Weather Subscription Information You can view information about the weather services you have subscribed to and how many minutes have passed since the data for each service was updated. From a weather chart, select MENU > Weather Subscription. Viewing Video Before you can view video, you must connect to a compatible source. Compatible devices include video devices connected to the ports on the chartplotter or to the Garmin Marine Network, as well as supported network (IP-based) video cameras, encoders, and thermal cameras. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Video. Selecting a Video Source 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Source. 2 Select the source of the video feed. Alternating Among Multiple Video Sources If you have two or more video sources, you can alternate between them using a specific time interval. 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Source > Alternate. 2 Select Time, and select the amount of time each video appears. 3 Select Source, and select the video sources to add to the alternating sequence. Viewing Video 39 Networked Video Devices NOTICE A Garmin Power over Ethernet (PoE) Isolation Coupler (P/N 010-10580-10) must be used when connecting a PoE device, such as a FLIR camera, to a Garmin Marine Network. Connecting a PoE device directly to a Garmin Marine Network chartplotter damages the Garmin chartplotter and may damage the PoE device. Before you can view and control video devices such as IP cameras, encoders, and thermal cameras using your chartplotter, you must have a compatible video device connected to your chartplotter, and you must have a marine network cable Power over Ethernet (PoE) isolation coupler. Go to www.garmin.com for a list of compatible devices or to purchase a PoE Isolation Coupler. You can connect multiple supported video cameras and up to two video encoders to the Garmin Marine Network. You can select and view up to four video sources at once. Chartplotters with multiple composite built-in video inputs can display a single built-in video input only. When the cameras are connected, the network detects them automatically and displays them in the source list. Using Video Presets on Networked Video Cameras You can save, name, and activate video presents for each networked video source. Saving Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Hold a video preset button. A green light indicates the setting is stored. Naming Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera 1 From a video screen, select MENU > Video Setup >
Presets. 2 Select a preset. 3 Select Rename. 4 Enter preset name. Activating Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera You can quickly return networked cameras to preset values. 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Select a video preset. The camera restores the video settings saved for that preset. TIP: You can also save and activate presets using the video menu. Camera Settings Some cameras provide additional options to control the camera view. NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. Refer to the camera manual for a list of available features. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. From the infrared video screen, select MENU. IR/Visible: Displays an infrared or visible camera image. Scan: Surveys the surrounding area. Freeze: Pauses the camera image. Change Colors: Selects the color scheme of the infrared image. Change Scene: Selects the infrared image mode, such as day, night, MOB, or docking. Video Setup: Opens more video options. Video Settings Some cameras provide additional setup options. NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. From the video screen, select MENU > Video Setup. Set Input: Associates the camera with a video source. Mirror: Reverses the image like a rearview mirror. Standby: Places the camera in standby mode to conserve power and protect the lens when not in use. Home Position: Sets the home position of the camera. Scan Speed: Sets how quickly the camera moves during a scan. Scan Width: Sets the width of the image captured by the camera during a scan. Name: Allows you to enter a new name for this camera. FLIR Menu: Provides access to the settings for the camera. Associating the Camera to a Video Source You may need to associate the camera with a video source. 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Source. 2 Select the camera. 3 Select Video Setup > Set Input. 4 Select the video input. Video Camera Movement Control NOTICE Do not aim the camera at the sun or extremely bright objects. Damage to the lens may occur. Always use the chartplotter controls or buttons to pan and tilt the camera. Do not manually move the camera unit. Manually moving the camera may damage the camera. NOTE: This feature is available only when a compatible camera is connected. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. You can control the movements of the connected video cameras that support panning, tilting, and zooming. Controlling Video Cameras Using On-Screen Controls On-screen controls allow you to control pan-tilt-zoom (PTZ) cameras. Refer to the camera manual for a list of available features. 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Select an option:
To zoom in and out, use the zoom button. To pan or tilt the camera, use the compass rose. TIP: Hold in the compass rose to continue to move the camera in the desired direction. Creating a Combination with Video Functions You can include up to four video functions in a custom combination screen. If your device has multiple built-in video connections, you can use one built-in source for one function within each combination. NOTE: The video source displays all connected, supported video devices. You can select Show All to see a list of all possible video inputs or video encoder channels that are not connected to a video input source. 1 Select Combos > MENU > Add Combo. 2 Select Functions, and select a number. 40 Viewing Video 3 Select an area to assign a function to, select Video, and select a video source. 4 Repeat step 3 for all video functions in the combination screen. 5 If necessary, customize the combination screen (Adding a Custom Combination Screen, page 3). Configuring the Video Appearance NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Video Setup. 2 Select an option:
To show the video using a stretched aspect ratio, select Aspect > Stretch. The video cannot be stretched beyond the dimensions provided by the connected video device, and it may not fill the entire screen. To show the video using a standard aspect ratio, select Aspect > Standard. To adjust the brightness, select Brightness, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To adjust the color saturation, select Saturation, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To adjust the contrast, select Contrast, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To allow the chartplotter to automatically select the source format, select Standard > Auto. Controlling the VIRB Action Camera with the Chartplotter Before you can control a VIRB action camera with the chartplotter, you must connect the devices using a wireless connection (Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter, page 45). You can connect up to five VIRB action cameras to the chartplotter. After you connect the VIRB action camera with the chartplotter, a new option is added to A/V, Gauges, Controls. You can start and stop recording on the VIRB action camera using the chartplotter. NOTE: The VIRB image shown on the chartplotter is a in a lower resolution than the VIRB action camera records. To view the high-resolution video, view the video on a computer or television. 1 Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > VIRB. 2 Select an option:
To take a still photograph, select To begin recording, select
. When recording, the remaining recording memory is shown. To stop recording, select If you have more than one VIRB action camera connected, use the arrows to select a different action camera to control. again. To view stored videos or images, select
. VIRB Action Camera Settings Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > VIRB > MENU. Name: Allows you to enter a new name for the VIRB action camera. Recording: Starts and stops recording. Take Photo: Takes a still photograph. Sleep: Puts the VIRB action camera into a low power mode to conserve battery power. VIRB Action Camera Video Setup Settings Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > VIRB > MENU > Video Setup. Aspect: Sets the video aspect ratio. Video Mode: Sets the video mode. For example, you can select the Slow-Mo option to shoot slow motion videos. Video Size: Sets the size or pixel dimensions of videos. Video FPS: Sets the frames per second. Photo Size: Sets the size or pixel dimensions of photos. Field of View: Sets the zoom level. Adding the VIRB Action Camera Controls to Other Screens Before you can control a VIRB action camera with the chartplotter, you must connect the devices using a wireless connection (Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter, page 45). You can add the VIRB action camera control bar to other screens. This allows you to start and stop recording from other functions in the chartplotter. 1 Open the screen to which you want to add the VIRB action camera control bar. to open the full screen view of the 2 Select MENU > Edit Overlays > Bottom Bar > VIRB Bar. When viewing a screen that has the VIRB action camera controls, you can select VIRB action camera. Controlling the VIRB Action Camera Video Playback You can view VIRB action camera video and images using the chartplotter. NOTE: The VIRB playback on the chartplotter is shown in the same quality as the live view on the chartplotter. To view the high-resolution video, view the video on a computer or television. 1 From the VIRB screen, select 2 Wait a few seconds for the thumbnail images to load. 3 Select a video or image. 4 Control the playback using the on-screen buttons or menu
. options:
To stop the video, select To pause the video, select To replay the video, select To play the video, select
. To skip ahead or back in the video, drag the slider. Deleting a VIRB Video You can delete a video or image from the VIRB action camera. 1 Open the VIRB video or image to delete. 2 Select MENU > Delete File. Starting a VIRB Video Slideshow You can view a slideshow of the videos and images on the VIRB action camera. 1 From the VIRB screen, select 2 Wait a few seconds for the thumbnail images to load. 3 Select a video or image. 4 Select MENU > Start Slideshow. To stop the slideshow, selcet MENU > Stop Slideshow. Viewing Video 41 Device Configuration Turning On the Chartplotter Automatically You can set the chartplotter to turn on automatically when the power is applied. Otherwise, you must turn on the chartplotter by pressing
. Select Settings > System > Auto Power Up. NOTE: When Auto Power Up is On, and the chartplotter is turned off using within less than two minutes, you may need to press restart the chartplotter.
, and power is removed and reapplied to System Settings Select Settings > System. Sounds and Display: Adjusts the display and audio settings. GPS: Provides information about the GPS satellites and settings. System Information: Provides information about the devices on the network and the software version. Station Information: Adjusts the setup of the station. Auto Power Up: Controls what turns on automatically when power is applied. Simulator: Turns the simulator on or off and allows you to set the time, date, speed, and simulated location. Station Settings Select Settings > System > Station Information. Change Station: Sets the entire station to a new set of defaults based on the location of this station. You can also select to use this display as a stand-alone, individual display, instead of grouping it with other displays to make a station. GRID Pairing: Allows you to pair a GRID remote input device with this station. Display Order: Sets the order of the displays, which is important when using a GRID remote input device. Autopilot Enabled: Allows you to control the autopilot from this device. Reset Layouts: Restores the factory default view for the layouts in this station. Reset Stations: Restores the factory default layouts for all displays in the station. Viewing System Software Information You can view the software version, the basemap version, all supplemental map information (if applicable), the software version for an optional Garmin radar (if applicable), and the unit ID number. You may need this information to update the system software or to purchase additional map data information. Select Settings > System > System Information. Viewing the Event Log The event log shows a list of system events. Select Settings > System > System Information > Event Log. Preferences Settings Select Settings > Preferences. Units: Sets units of measure. Language: Sets the on-screen text language. Navigation: Sets navigation preferences. Keyboard Layout: Arranges the keys on the on-screen keyboard. Screenshot Capture: Allows the device to save images of the screen. User Data Sharing: Allows you to share waypoints and routes over the Garmin Marine Network. All chartplotters that share waypoints and routes must have this setting turned on. Menu Bar Display: Shows or automatically hides the menu bar when it is not needed. Units Settings Select Settings > Preferences > Units. System Units: Sets the unit format for the device. Variance: Sets the magnetic declination, the angle between magnetic north and true north, for your present location. North Reference: Sets the direction references used in calculating heading information. True sets geographic north as the north reference. Grid sets grid north as the north reference (000). Magnetic sets the magnetic north as the north reference. Position Format: Sets the position format in which a given location reading appears. Do not change this setting unless you are using a map or chart that specifies a different position format. Map Datum: Sets the coordinate system on which the map is structured. Do not change this setting unless you are using a map or chart that specifies a different map datum. Time: Sets the time format, time zone, and daylight saving time. Navigation Settings NOTE: Some settings and options require additional charts or hardware. Select Settings > Preferences > Navigation. Route Labels: Sets the type of labels shown with route turns on the map. Turn Transition: Adjusts how the chartplotter transitions to the next turn or leg or the route. You can set the transition to be based on time or distance before the turn. You can increase the time or distance value to help improve the accuracy of the autopilot when navigating a route or an Auto Guidance line with many frequent turns or at higher speeds. For straighter routes or slower speeds, lowering this value can improve autopilot accuracy. Speed Sources: Sets the source for the speed readings. Auto Guidance: Sets the measurements for the Preferred Depth, Vertical Clearance, and Shoreline Distance, when you are using some premium maps. Route Start: Selects a starting point for route navigation. Auto Guidance Path Configurations CAUTION The Preferred Depth and Vertical Clearance settings influence how the chartplotter calculates an Auto Guidance path. If an area has an unknown water depth or an unknown obstacle height, the Auto Guidance path is not calculated in that area. If an area at the beginning or the end of an Auto Guidance path is shallower than the Preferred Depth or lower than the Vertical Clearance settings, the Auto Guidance path may not be calculated in that area, depending on the map data. On the chart, the course through those areas appears as a gray line or a magenta and gray striped line. When your boat enters one of those areas, a warning message appears. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all maps. You can set the parameters the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance path. Preferred Depth: Sets the minimum water depth, based on chart depth data, that your boat can safely travel over. 42 Device Configuration NOTE: The minimum water depth for the premium charts
(made before 2016) is 3 feet. If you enter a value of less than 3 feet, the charts only use depths of 3 feet for Auto Guidance path calculations. Vertical Clearance: Sets the minimum height of a bridge or obstacle, based on chart data, that your boat can safely travel under. Shoreline Distance: Sets how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance path to be placed. The Auto Guidance path may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for this setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure that the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance path using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway (Adjusting the Distance from Shore, page 14). Adjusting the Distance from Shore The Shoreline Distance setting indicates how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for the Shoreline Distance setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway. 1 Dock your vessel or drop the anchor. 2 Select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Normal. 3 Select a destination that you have navigated to previously. 4 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 5 Review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. 6 Select an option:
If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Far. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance
> Shoreline Distance > Near. 7 If you selected Near or Far in step 6, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 8 Select an option:
If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Farthest. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance
> Shoreline Distance > Nearest. 9 If you selected Nearest or Farthest in step 8, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 10Repeat steps 3 through 9 at least once more, using a different destination each time, until you are familiar with the functionality of the Shoreline Distance setting. Communications Settings NMEA 0183 Settings Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup. Port Types: See Setting the Communication Format for Each NMEA 0183 Port, page 43. Output Sentences: See Configuring NMEA 0183 Output Sentences, page 43. Position Precision: Adjusts the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for transmission of NMEA output. XTE Precision: Adjusts the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for NMEA crosstalk error output. Waypoint IDs: Sets the device to transmit waypoint names or numbers via NMEA 0183 while navigating. Using numbers may resolve compatibility issues with older NMEA 0183 autopilots. Defaults: Restores the NMEA 0183 settings to the original factory defaults. Diagnostics: Displays NMEA 0183 diagnostic information. Configuring NMEA 0183 Output Sentences You can enable and disable NMEA 0183 output sentences. 1 Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup >
Output Sentences. 2 Select an option. 3 Select one or more NMEA 0183 output sentences, and select 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to enable or disable additional output BACK. sentences. Setting the Communication Format for Each NMEA 0183 Port You can configure the communication format for each internal NMEA 0183 port when connecting your chartplotter to external NMEA 0183 devices, a computer, or other Garmin devices. 1 Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup >
Port Types. 2 Select an input or output port. 3 Select a format:
To support the input or output of standard NMEA 0183 data, DSC, and sonar NMEA input support for the DPT, MTW, and VHW sentences, select NMEA Standard. To support the input or output of standard NMEA 0183 data for most AIS receivers, select NMEA High Speed. To support the input or output of Garmin proprietary data for interfacing with Garmin software, select Garmin. 4 Repeat steps 23 to configure additional input or output ports. NMEA 2000 Settings Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 2000 Setup. Device List: Displays the devices connected to the network. Label Devices: Changes the labels for available connected devices. Device Configuration 43 Naming Devices and Sensors on the Network You can name devices and sensors connected to the Garmin Marine Network and the NMEA 2000 network. 1 Select Settings > Communications. 2 Select Marine Network or NMEA 2000 Setup > Device List. 3 Select a device from the list on the left. 4 Select Change Name. 5 Enter the name, and select Done. Marine Network The Marine Network allows you to share data from Garmin peripheral devices with the chartplotters quickly and easily. You can connect a chartplotter to the Marine Network to receive data from and share data with other devices and chartplotters that are compatible with the Marine Network. Select Settings > Communications > Marine Network. Setting Alarms Navigation Alarms Select Settings > Alarms > Navigation. Arrival: Sets an alarm to sound when you are within a specified distance or time from a turn or a destination. Anchor Drag: Sets an alarm to sound when you exceed a specified drift distance while anchored. Off Course: Sets an alarm to sound when you are off course by a specified distance. Setting the Anchor Drag Alarm You can set an alarm to sound if you have moved more than an allowable distance. This is very useful when anchoring overnight. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Navigation > Anchor Drag. 2 Select Alarm to turn on the alarm. 3 Select Set Radius, and select a distance on the chart. 4 Select BACK. System Alarms Clock: Sets an alarm clock. Unit Voltage: Sets an alarm to sound when the battery reaches a specified low voltage. GPS Accuracy: Sets an alarm to sound when the GPS location accuracy falls outside the user-defined value. Sonar Alarm Settings NOTE: Some settings require external accessories. Select Settings > Alarms > Sonar. Shallow Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is less than the specified value. Deep Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is greater than the specified value. Water Temp.: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer reports a temperature that is 2F (1.1C) above or below the specified temperature. Contour: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer detects a suspended target within the specified depth from the surface of the water and from the bottom. Fish: Sets an alarm to sound when the device detects a suspended target. detected. sets the alarm to sound when fish of all sizes are Setting Weather Alarms Before you can set weather alarms, you must have a compatible chartplotter connected to a weather device, such as a GXM device, and have a valid weather subscription. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Weather Alarms. 2 Turn on alarms for specific weather events. Setting the Fuel Alarm Before you can set a fuel level alarm, a compatible fuel flow sensor must be connected to the chartplotter. You can set an alarm to sound when the total amount of remaining onboard fuel reaches the level you specify. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Fuel > Set Total Fuel Onboard 2 Enter the remaining amount of fuel that triggers the alarm,
> On. and select Done. My Vessel Settings NOTE: Some settings and options require additional charts or hardware. Select Settings > My Vessel. Depth and Anchoring: Allows you to enter information about the keel (Setting the Keel Offset, page 17) and the anchor. Temp. Offset: Allows you to set an offset value to compensate for the water temperature reading from a NMEA 0183 water-
temperature sensor or a temperature-capable transducer
(Setting the Water Temperature Offset, page 45). Calibrate Water Speed: Calibrates the speed-sensing transducer or sensor (Calibrating a Water Speed Device, page 45). Fuel Capacity: Sets the combined fuel capacity of all the fuel tanks on your vessel (Setting the Fuel Capacity of the Vessel, page 32). Vessel Type: Enables some chartplotter features based on the boat type. CZone: Sets the digital switching circuits. System Profiles: Allows you to save your system profile to a memory card and import system profile settings from a memory card. This can be helpful for charter or fleet vessels, and for sharing your setup information with a friend. Setting the Keel Offset You can enter a keel offset to compensate the surface reading for the depth of a keel, making it possible to measure depth from the bottom of the keel instead of from the transducer location. Enter a positive number to offset for a keel. You can enter a negative number to compensate for a large vessel that may draw several feet of water. 1 Complete an action, based on the location of the transducer:
If the transducer is installed at the water line , measure the distance from the transducer location to the keel of the boat. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a positive number. If the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel , measure the distance from the transducer to the water line. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a negative number. sets the alarm to sound only when medium or large fish are detected. sets the alarm to sound only when large fish are detected. 44 Device Configuration Select Settings > Other Vessels. AIS: Enables and disables AIS signal reception. DSC: Enables and disables digital selective calling (DSC). Collision Alarm: Sets the collision alarm (Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm, page 7). AIS-EPIRB Test: Enables test signals from Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPRIB). AIS-MOB Test: Enables test signals from man overboard (MOB) devices. AIS-SART Test: Enables test transmissions from Search and Rescue Transponders (SART). Restoring the Original Chartplotter Factory Settings NOTE: This procedure deletes all settings information you have entered. 1 Select Settings > System > System Information > Factory Settings. 2 Select an option. Communication with Wireless Devices The chartplotters can create a wireless network to which you can connect wireless devices. Connecting wireless devices allows you to use Garmin apps, including BlueChart Mobile and Garmin Helm. See www.garmin.com for more information. WiFi Network Setting Up the WiFi Wireless Network The chartplotters can create a WiFi network to which you can connect wireless devices. The first time you access the wireless network settings, you are prompted to set up the network. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wi-Fi Network >
Wi-Fi > On > OK. 2 If necessary, enter a name for this wireless network. 3 Enter a password. You will need this password to access the wireless network from a wireless device. The password is case-sensitive. Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter Before you can connect a wireless device to the chartplotter wireless network, you must configure the chartplotter wireless network ( (Setting Up the WiFi Wireless Network, page 45)). You can connect multiple wireless devices to the chartplotter to share data. 1 From the wireless device, turn on the WiFi technology and 2 Select the name of your chartplotter wireless network
( (Setting Up the WiFi Wireless Network, page 45)). search for wireless networks. 3 Enter the network password. Changing the Wireless Channel You can change the wireless channel if you have trouble finding or connecting to a device, or if you experience interference. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wi-Fi Network >
Advanced > Channel. 2 Enter a new channel. You do not need to change the wireless channel of devices connected to this network. Changing the WiFi Host You can change which chartplotter is serving as the WiFi host. The can be helpful if you are having trouble with WiFi 2 Select Settings > My Vessel > Depth and Anchoring >
3 Use the arrow keys to enter the keel offset measured in step Keel Offset. 1. Setting the Water Temperature Offset Before you can set the water temperature offset, you must have a NMEA 0183 water-temperature sensor or a temperature-
capable transducer to measure water temperature. The temperature offset compensates for the temperature reading from a temperature sensor. 1 Measure the water temperature using the temperature sensor or temperature-capable transducer that is connected to the chartplotter. 2 Measure the water temperature using a different temperature sensor or a thermometer that is known to be accurate. 3 Subtract the water temperature measured in step 1 from the water temperature measured in step 2. This is the temperature offset. Enter this value in step 5 as a positive number if the sensor connected to the chartplotter measures the water temperature as being colder than it actually is. Enter this value in step 5 as a negative number if the sensor connected to the chartplotter measures the water temperature as being warmer than it actually is. 4 Select Settings > My Vessel > Temp. Offset. 5 Enter the temperature offset calculated in step 3. Calibrating a Water Speed Device If you have a speed-sensing transducer connected to the chartplotter, you can calibrate that speed-sensing device to improve the accuracy of water-speed data displayed by the chartplotter. 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Calibrate Water Speed. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. If the boat is not moving fast enough or the speed sensor is not registering a speed, a message appears. 3 Select OK, and safely increase the boat speed. 4 If the message appears again, stop the boat, and ensure the speed-sensor wheel is not stuck. 5 If the wheel turns freely, check the cable connections. 6 If you continue to get the message, contact Garmin product support. Other Vessels Settings When your compatible chartplotter is connected to an AIS device or VHF radio, you can set up how other vessels are displayed on the chartplotter. Communication with Wireless Devices 45 communications. Changing the WiFi host allows you to select a chartplotter that is physically closer to your mobile device. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wi-Fi Network >
Advanced > Wi-Fi Host. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Wireless Remote Control Pairing the Wireless Remote Control With the Chartplotter Before you can use the wireless remote control with a chartplotter, you must pair the remote with the chartplotter. You can connect a single remote to multiple plotters, and then press the pairing key to switch between the chartlotters. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wireless Devices >
Wireless Remote. 2 Select New Connection. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Turning On and Off the Remote Backlight Turning off the remote backlight can significantly increase the battery life. 1 On the chartplotter, select Settings > Communications >
Wireless Devices > Wireless Remote > Backlight. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Disconnecting the Remote from All Chartplotters 1 On the chartplotter, select Settings > Communications >
Wireless Devices > Wireless Remote > Disconnect All. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Using the Garmin Helm Application with the Chartplotter Before you can control the chartplotter with the Garmin Helm application, you must download and install the application, and connect the chartplotter to a WiFi router. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wireless Devices >
Helm App. 2 Select an option. 3 Use the application to view or control the chartplotter. Connecting a quatix Watch to the Chartplotter You can connect a compatible quatix watch, such as the quatix 3 watch, to a compatible chartplotter to view data from the chartplotter on your quatix watch. 1 Bring the quatix watch within range (3 m) of the chartplotter. 2 From the quatix watch clock screen, select START > Boat Data > START. NOTE: If you have already connected to a chartplotter, and would like to connect to a different chartplotter, open the Boat Data screen, hold UP, and select Pair new. 3 On the chartplotter, select Settings > Communications >
Wireless Devices > Garmin Wearable > Enable Connections > New Connection. The chartplotter begins searching for and connecting to the wearable device. After the devices are paired, they connect automatically when they are turned on and within range. Connecting a Garmin Nautix Device to the Chartplotter Pairing is the initial connection of two compatible wireless devices. For example, the first time you connect a Garmin Nautix device to a compatible chartplotter you are pairing the devices. For a list of compatible devices, go to the product page at www.garmin.com. NOTE: You can pair a Garmin Nautix device to multiple compatible devices for better coverage on larger vessels. 1 Bring the a Garmin Nautix device within range (3 m) of the chartplotter. The device automatically looks for all compatible devices within range. 2 If necessary, from the wearable device menu, select Device Connections > Pair New Device. 3 On the chartplotter, select Settings > Communications >
Wireless Devices > Garmin Wearable > Enable Connections > New Connection. The chartplotter begins searching for and connecting to the wearable device. After the devices are paired, they connect automatically when they are turned on and within range. Chartplotter Data Management Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks from HomePort to a Chartplotter Before you can copy data to the chartplotter, you must have the latest version of the HomePort software program loaded on your computer and a memory card installed in the chartplotter. Copy the data from HomePort to the prepared memory card. For more information, see the HomePort help file. Selecting a File Type for Third-Party Waypoints and Routes You can import and export waypoints and routes from third-party devices. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > File type. 2 Select GPX. To transfer data with Garmin devices again, select the ADM file type. Copying Data from a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into a card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to copy data to. 4 Select an option:
To transfer data from the memory card to the chartplotter and combine it with existing user data, select Merge from Card. To transfer data from the memory card to the chartplotter and overwrite existing user data, select Replace from Card. 5 Select the file name. Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks to a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > Save to 3 If necessary, select the memory card to copy data to. 4 Select an option:
To create a new file, select Add New File, and enter a Card. name. 46 Chartplotter Data Management To add the information to an existing file, select the file from the list. Copying Built-In Maps to a Memory Card You can copy maps from the chartplotter to a memory card for use with HomePort. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer. 3 Select Copy Built-In Map. Backing Up Data to a Computer 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > Save to Card. 3 Select a file name from the list, or select Add New File. 4 Select Save to Card. 5 Remove the memory card, and insert it into a card reader attached to a computer. 6 Open the Garmin\UserData folder on the memory card. 7 Copy the backup file on the card and paste it to any location on the computer. Restoring Backup Data to a Chartplotter 1 Insert a memory card into a card reader that is attached to the computer. 2 Copy a backup file from the computer to the memory card, into a folder named Garmin\UserData. 3 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 4 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > Replace from Card. Saving System Information to a Memory Card You can save system information to a memory card as a troubleshooting tool. A product support representative may ask you to use this information to retrieve data about the network. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Settings > System > System Information > Garmin Devices > Save to Card. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to save system information to. 4 Remove the memory card. Appendix Registering Your Device Help us better support you by completing our online registration today. Go to my.garmin.com. Keep the original sales receipt, or a photocopy, in a safe place. Digital Switching Your chartplotter can be used to monitor or control circuits when a compatible system is connected. For example, you can control the interior lights and navigation lights on the vessel. You can also monitor live well circuits. To access the digital switching controls, select NAV INFO >
Circuit Control. For more information about purchasing and configuring a digital switching system, contact your Garmin dealer. Pairing the GRID Remote Input Device with the Chartplotter Before you can use a GRID remote input device with a chartplotter, you must pair the devices. You can initiate the paring of the devices from the chartplotter or from the GRID remote input device. Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the Chartplotter 1 Select Settings > System > Station Information > GRID Pairing > Add. 2 On the GRID remote input device, press SELECT. Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the GRID Device 1 On the GRID remote input device, press + and HOME at the same time. A selection page opens on all of the chartplotters on the Garmin Marine Network. 2 Rotate the wheel on the GRID remote input device to highlight SELECT on the chartplotter you want to control with the GRID remote input device. 3 Press SELECT. Rotating the GRID Joystick For certain installation situations, you can rotate the orientation of the GRID joystick. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Marine Network. 2 Select the GRID device. Cleaning the Screen NOTICE Cleaners containing ammonia will harm the anti-reflective coating. The device is coated with a special anti-reflective coating which is very sensitive to waxes and abrasive cleaners. 1 Apply an eyeglass lens cleaner specified as safe for anti-
reflective coatings to the cloth. 2 Gently wipe the screen with a soft, clean, lint-free cloth. Viewing Images on a Memory card You can view images that are saved on a memory card. You can view .jpg, .png, and .bmp files. 1 Insert a memory card with image files into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > Image Viewer. 3 Select the folder containing the images. 4 Wait a few seconds for the thumbnail images to load. 5 Select an image. 6 Use the arrows to scroll through the images. 7 If necessary, select MENU > Start Slideshow. Screenshots You can capture a screenshot of any screen shown on your chartplotter as a bitmap (.bmp) file. You can transfer the screenshot to your computer. You can also view the screenshot in the image viewer (Viewing Images on a Memory card, page 47). Capturing Screenshots 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Settings > Preferences > Screenshot Capture >
On. 3 Go to a screen you want to capture. 4 Hold HOME for at least six seconds. Appendix 47 Copying Screenshots to a Computer 1 Remove the memory card from the chartplotter, and insert it into a card reader that is attached to a computer. 2 From Windows Explorer, open the Garmin\scrn folder on the 3 Copy a .bmp file from the card and paste it to any location on memory card. the computer. Troubleshooting My device will not acquire GPS signals If the device is not acquiring satellite signals, there could be a few causes. If the device has moved a large distance since the last time it has acquired satellites or has been turned off for longer than a few weeks or months, the device may not be able to acquire the satellites correctly. Ensure the device is using the latest software. If not, update the device software (Software Update, page 1). Make sure the device has a clear view of the sky so the antenna can receive the GPS signal. If it is mounted inside of a cabin, it should be close to a window so it can receive the GPS signal. If the device is using an external GPS antenna, make sure the antenna is connected to the chartplotter or the NMEA network. If the device has more than one GPS antenna source, select a different source (Selecting the GPS Source, page 2). My device will not turn on or keeps turning off Devices erratically turning off or not turning on could indicate an issue with the power supplied to the device. Check these items to attempt to troubleshoot the cause of the power issue. Make sure the power source is generating power. You can check this several ways. For example, you can check whether other devices powered by the source are functioning. Check the fuse in the power cable. The fuse should be located in a holder that is part of the red wire of the power cable. Check that the proper size fuse is installed. Refer to the label on the cable or the installation instructions for the exact fuse size needed. Check the fuse to make sure there is still a connection inside of the fuse. You can test the fuse using a multimeter. If the fuse is good, the multimeter reads 0 ohm. Transmit Receive Check to make sure the device is receiving is at least 10 V, but 12 V is recommended. To check the voltage, measure the female power and ground sockets of the power cable for DC voltage. If the voltage is less than 10 V, the device will not turn on. If the device is receiving enough power but does not turn on, contact Garmin product support at www.garmin.com/support. My device is not creating waypoints in the correct location You can manually enter a waypoint location to transfer and share data from one device to the next. If you have manually entered a waypoint using coordinates, and the location of the point does not appear where the point should be, the map datum and position format of the device may not match the map datum and position format originally used to mark the waypoint. Position format is the way in which the GPS receiver's position appears on the screen. This is commonly displayed as latitude/
longitude in degrees and minutes, with options for degrees, minutes and second, degrees only, or one of several grid formats. Map datum is a math model which depicts a part of the surface of the earth. Latitude and longitude lines on a paper map are referenced to a specific map datum. 1 Find out which map datum and position format was used when the original waypoint was created. If the original waypoint was taken from a map, there should be a legend on the map that lists the map datum and position format used to create that map. Most often this is found near the map key. 2 Select Settings > Preferences > Units. 3 Select the correct map datum and position format settings. 4 Create the waypoint again. NMEA 2000 PGN Information Type Description Transmit and receive 059392 ISO acknowledgment PGN 059904 ISO request 060928 ISO address claim 126208 NMEA: Command, request, and acknowledge group function 126996 Product information 127250 Vessel heading 128259 Speed: Water referenced 128267 Water depth 129539 GNSS DOPs 129799 Radio frequency, mode, and power 130306 Wind data 130312 Temperature 126464 Transmit and receive PGN list group function 127258 Magnetic Variance 129025 Position: Rapid update 129026 COG and SOG: Rapid update 129029 GNSS position data 129283 Cross track error 129284 Navigation data 129285 Navigation route and waypoint info 129540 GNSS satellites in view 127245 Rudder 127250 Vessel heading 127488 Engine parameters: Rapid update 127489 Engine parameters: Dynamic 127493 Transmission parameters: Dynamic 127498 Engine parameters: Static 127505 Fluid level 129038 AIS class A position report 129039 AIS class B position report 129040 AIS class B extended position report 129794 AIS class A static and voyage related data 129798 AIS SAR aircraft position report 129802 AIS safety-related broadcast message 129808 DSC call information 130310 Environmental parameters 130311 Environmental parameters (obsolete) 130313 Humidity 130314 Actual pressure 130576 Small craft status 48 Appendix This data applies only to NMEA 2000-compatible products. organization, and code of the Software, for which source code is not provided, are valuable trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not to decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America or the export control laws of any other applicable country. NMEA 0183 Information Type Transmit Sentence GPAPB GPBOD GPBWC GPGGA GPGLL GPGSA GPGSV GPRMB GPRMC GPRTE GPVTG GPWPL GPXTE PGRME PGRMM PGRMZ SDDBT SDDPT SDMTW SDVHW DPT DBT MTW VHW WPL DSC DSE HDG HDM MWD MDA MWV VDM Receive Description APB: Heading or track controller
(autopilot) sentence "B"
BOD: Bearing (origin to destination) BWC: Bearing and distance to waypoint GGA: Global positioning system fix data GLL: Geographic position
(latitude and longitude) GSA: GNSS DOP and active satellites GSV: GNSS satellites in view RMB: Recommended minimum navigation information RMC: Recommended minimum specific GNSS data RTE: Routes VTG: Course over ground and ground speed WPL: Waypoint location XTE: Cross track error E: Estimated error M: Map datum Z: Altitude DBT: Depth below transducer DPT: Depth MTW: Water temperature VHW: Water speed and heading Depth Depth below transducer Water temperature Water speed and heading Waypoint location Digital selective calling information Expanded digital selective calling Heading, deviation, and variation Heading, magnetic Wind direction and speed Meteorological composite Wind speed and angle AIS VHF data-link message You can purchase complete information about National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) format and sentences from: NMEA, Seven Riggs Avenue, Severna Park, MD 21146 USA (www.nmea.org) Software License Agreement BY USING THE DEVICE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries (Garmin) grant you a limited license to use the software embedded in this device (the Software) in binary executable form in the normal operation of the product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software remain in Garmin and/or its third-
party providers. You acknowledge that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further acknowledge that the structure, Appendix 49 Index A aerial photos6 AIS6, 7, 9 distress signal device7 radar26 SART7 targeting6, 7 threats7, 26 turning on45 alarms15, 44 anchor drag44 arrival44 collision7, 45 deep water23, 44 engine32 fuel32, 44 gauges32 navigation44 off course44 shallow water23, 44 sonar23, 44 water temperature23, 44 weather44 AM35 anchor44 anchor drag alarm44 animated currents, tides5 antenna, GPS2 arrival alarm44 Auto Guidance10, 11, 13, 14, 42 paths13 shoreline distance14, 43 autopilot29 adjusting the heading29 circles pattern30 cloverleaf pattern30 engaging29 orbit pattern30 pattern steering30 reducing rudder activity29 search pattern30 Shadow Drive29 steering increment29 steering patterns30 u-turn pattern30 Williamson turn pattern30 zigzag pattern30 B backlight3, 46 battery, management33 boundary line15 boundary lines15 buoy reports39 C camera41 configuration40 controlling40, 41 home position40 pausing40 standby40 celestial information34 charts4, 6, 8, 9 appearance8 built-in4 details4 heading, line8 measuring distance4 navigation4, 6 quickdraw9, 10 selecting4 symbols4 circuits47 clock44 alarm44 collision alarm7, 45 color mode3 combinations3 customizing2, 3, 40 compass data bar3 rose8 courses10 current stations34 indicators6 D DAB35, 36 data backup47 copying46 data management46 deleting, all user data16 depth log24, 33 destinations navigation chart11 selecting11 device cleaning47 keys4 registration47 digital selective calling30, 31 channels31 contacts31 individual routine call31, 32 turning on30, 45 digital switching47 distress call31 distress signal device7 DSC. See digital selective calling E EBL26 adjusting26 measuring26 showing26 engine gauges32 configuring32 status alarms32 EPIRB7 event log42 F factory settings45 stations3 favorites2 Fish Eye 3D sonar cone9 suspended targets9 tracks9 fishing chart4, 39 boundary line8 setup8 FM35 fuel capacity32 fuel gauges32 status alarm32, 44 synchronizing with actual fuel33 G Garmin ClearV18 Garmin Marine Network16, 44 Garmin product support, contact information1 gauges32 engine32 fuel32, 33 limits32 status alarms32 trip33 wind33 Go To11, 12 GPS48 signals2 source2 GPS accuracy44 graphs air temperature33 atmospheric pressure33 configuring33 depth33 water temperature33 wind angle33 wind speed33 GRID47 GRID pairing42, 47 gybing. See tacking and gybing H hazard colors8 heading29 adjusting29 heading hold17 holding29 line5 Shadow Drive29 helm application46 help. See product support home screen2 customizing2, 3 I images47 J jibing. See tacking and gybing joystick47 K keel offset17, 44 keyboard42 L lane width8 language42 M man overboard11, 30, 31 maps. See charts marine services11 mark location11 MARPA7 navigation chart9 tagged object26 targeting26 threats26 measuring distance20 charts4 media player3437 alphabetical search35 DAB35, 36 device name37 FUSION-Link34 muting35 preset35, 40 radio36 repeating35 shuffling35 SiriusXM Satellite Radio36 source34 tuner region35 tuning mode35 VHF35 zones35 memory card46, 47 detailed maps47 installing1 MOB, device7 music player34, 36, 37. See media player N navaids5 navigation alarms44 navigation chart4, 6, 11, 39 aerial photos8 marine service points11 MARPA9 radar overlay27 setup8 50 Index vessel trails9, 31 navigation inset3 networking. See Marine Network NMEA 018330, 43 NMEA 200030, 43, 44, 48 O off course alarm44 offset, front of boat29 other vessels AIS7, 9 trails9 overlay numbers3 P Perspective 3D39 photos, aerial6 position, tracking31 position report31 power key1, 42 powerboat3, 16 preferred data source29 premium charts5, 6, 8 aerial photos6 Fish Eye 3D9 tide and current indicators5 presets3, 35, 36 DAB36 product registration47 product support1 contact information1 R radar2428 AIS26 bird mode27 clutter28 color scheme28 custom park position29 echo trails27 field of view28 front-of-boat offset29 gain27 guard zone25, 26 MARPA7 optimizing display27 overlay screen27 range25 range rings28 source29 timed transmit25 tracks, Fish Eye 3D8 transmitting24 waypoints8, 25, 28 radar overlay27 radio35 AM35 FM35 SiriusXM36 range rings8 registering the device47 remote control46 disconnecting46 resetting settings36 station layouts3 Route To10, 11 routes11, 15 copying46 creating12 deleting13 editing12 navigating12 navigating parallel to13 synchronizing16 viewing list of12 waypoints46 S safe depth42 safe height42 Index safe-zone collision alarm7, 45 sailboat3, 16 sailing9, 16 race timer16 starting line16 sailing gauges33 SART7 satellite imagery6 satellite signals, acquiring2 screen, brightness3 screenshots48 capturing47 settings10, 42 radar display28 system information42 Shadow Drive, enabling29 shoreline distance14, 43 shortcuts3 SideV18 SiriusXM35, 37 Satellite Radio36 SiriusXM Satellite Radio35, 36 software updates1, 37 updating1 software license agreement49 sonar17, 18, 20, 23 a-scope22, 23 alarms23, 44 appearance23 bottom lock21 color gain20 color rejection23 cone9 depth21 depth scale21 frequencies21 FrontV19 gain20 Garmin ClearV18 interference23 measuring distances20 noise20 numbers3 Panoptix19, 21, 22 recording24 scroll speed22 sharing20 SideV18 source20 surface noise23 suspended targets23 views18, 20 waypoint11, 20 whiteline23 zoom21 SOS11, 31 stations2 changing the station42 customizing the home screen of3 ordering the displays42 restoring the layout3, 42 suspended targets9 symbols6 synchronizing, user data16 system information42, 47 T tacking and gybing17 heading hold17 wind hold17 targeting26 temperature log33 tide stations5, 34 indicators6 tracks14, 15 clearing15 copying46 deleting15 editing14 list14 navigating15 recording15 saving14 saving as route15 showing8, 14 transducer17, 20, 23 trip gauges33 troubleshooting48 U unit ID42 units of measure42 updates, software1 user data deleting16 synchronizing16 V vessel trails9, 31 VHF radio30 calling an AIS target32 distress calls31 DSC channel31 individual routine call31, 32 video3941 configuring40, 41 source39, 40 viewing40 VIRB camera41 voltage44 VRM26 adjusting26 measuring26 showing26 W warning manager34 messages34 water speed45 temperature log33 temperature offset45 water temperature log24 waypoints11, 48 copying46 creating4, 11, 39 deleting12 editing11 man overboard11 navigating to12 radar25 showing8 sonar11, 20 synchronizing16 tracked vessel31 viewing list of11 weather39 weather8, 37, 38 alarms44 broadcasts37 charts37, 39 fishing38 fishing chart39 forecast3739 navigation chart39 overlay39 precipitation37 sea conditions38 subscription37, 39 surface pressure38 visibility39 water temperature38, 39 wave information38 winds38 WiFi technology45 wind angle graph33 wind gauges33 wind hold17 adjusting17 51 wind speed graph33 wireless devices41, 45, 46 connecting a wireless device45, 46 network configuration45 Z zoom, sonar21 52 Index
1 2 | User Manual 1 | Users Manual | 778.67 KiB |
Specification Control Document 190-00720-32 ISPI, Marine, plotters, FCC/SAR, Warranty 6.5x10 (ML) E FMS 01/15/13 Description of Change Added separation distance in SAR statement Updated Australian contact info, paper weight, removed langs Updated Warranty, Added GPS Notice ECO No. 109444 120387 144226 Drawing Number:
Description:
Revision:
Drawn By:
Revision History Rev. C D E Date 1/10/14 12/8/14 6/13/16 Printing Specifications Tolerance:
Material:
Color:
Bindery:
Folds:
Trimmed Dimensions:
Finished Dimensions:
Notes:
0.0787" (2 mm) 60-lb woodfree. Approved equivalents allowed. Black ink. Saddle stitch. Approved equivalents allowed. Not applicable 13 x 10 in. 6.5x10 in. This part shall comply with Garmin Banned & Restricted Substances (GPN 001-00211-00). Content Management System (CMS) Details GUID-71530BC7-0EFF-43C5-855B-8C01EFFD8D50 3 EN-US, FR-FR, IT-IT, DE-DE, ES-XM, PT-PT, PT-BR, NL-NL, DA-DK, FI-FI, NB-NO, SV-SE, PL-PL, CS-
CZ, RU-RU, HR-HR, EL-GR, TR-TR, ZH-CN GUID:
Version:
Language(s):
Notes Web PDF. CONFIDENTIAL This drawing and the specifications contained herein are the property of GARMIN Ltd. or its subsidiaries and may not be reproduced or used in whole or in part as the basis for manufacture or sale of products without written permission. Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries C/O Garmin International, Inc. 1200 E. 151st Street Olathe, Kansas 66062 USA Sheet 1 of 1 Important Safety and Product Information......................................................................................... 2 Informations importantes sur le produit et la scurit.........................................................................2 Informazioni importanti sulla sicurezza e sul prodotto........................................................................3 Wichtige Sicherheits- und Produktinformationen............................................................................... 4 Informacin importante sobre el producto y tu seguridad.................................................................. 5 Informaes importantes sobre segurana e o produto.....................................................................6 Belangrijke veiligheids- en productinformatie.....................................................................................6 Vigtige produkt- og sikkerhedsinformationer...................................................................................... 7 Trkeit turvallisuus- ja tuotetietoja....................................................................................................8 Viktig sikkerhets- og produktinformasjon........................................................................................... 8 Viktig skerhets- och produktinformation........................................................................................... 9 Wane informacje dotyczce bezpieczestwa i produktu................................................................ 10 Dleit bezpenostn informace a informace o produktu............................................................... 10
............................................................. 11 Vane informacije o sigurnosti i proizvodu....................................................................................... 12
.............................................................. 12
.............................................................................................13 June 2016 20132016 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries Printed in Taiwan 190-00720-32_0E Important Safety and Product Information WARNING Failure to heed the following warnings could result in an accident or collision resulting in death or serious injury. Marine Operation Warnings You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. This device is a tool that will enhance your capability to operate your vessel. This device does not relieve you from the responsibility of safely operating your vessel. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. Use this device only as a navigational aid. Do not attempt to use the device for any purpose requiring precise measurement of direction, distance, location, or topography. Always be prepared to promptly regain control of the vessel. Use caution near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings and other vessels. If the device has navigating capabilities, when navigating, carefully compare information displayed on the device to all available navigation sources, including information from visual sightings, local waterway rules and restrictions, and maps. For safety, always resolve any discrepancies or questions before continuing navigation. If the device uses maps, use the electronic chart in the device only to facilitate, not to replace, the use of authorized government charts. Official government charts and notices to mariners contain all information needed to navigate safely. If the device provides depth data, it should not be used as the primary means of preventing grounding or collision. Supplement depth data readings with information from applicable paper charts and visual indicators. Always operate the vessel at slow speeds if you suspect shallow water or submerged objects. Failure to heed this warning could lead to vessel damage or personal injury. If the device has video input capabilities, do not attempt to operate or watch video input while operating or navigating your vessel. Operating or watching the video input while the vessel is moving could cause an accident or collision resulting in property damage, serious injury, or death. Battery Warnings The device uses an internal, non-user-replaceable battery for various purposes, such as the real-time clock. If these guidelines are not followed, batteries may experience a shortened life span or may present a risk of damage to the device, fire, chemical burn, electrolyte leak, and/or injury. Do not remove or attempt to remove the non-user-replaceable battery. Contact your local waste disposal department to dispose of the device/batteries in accordance with applicable local laws and regulations. Hearing Damage Warning Listening to the stereo at high volume can cause damage to your hearing. NOTICE The navigation device may experience degraded performance if you use it in proximity to any device that uses a terrestrial broadband network operating close to the frequencies used by any Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as the Global Positioning Service (GPS). Use of such devices may impair reception of GNSS signals. Product Environmental Programs Information about the Garmin product recycling program and WEEE, RoHS, REACH, and other compliance programs can be found at www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Declaration of Conformity Hereby, Garmin declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. To view the full Declaration of Conformity, go to www.garmin.com/compliance. Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Compliance This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license-
exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure This device is a mobile transmitter and receiver that uses an internal antenna to send and receive low levels of radio frequency (RF) energy for data communications. The device emits RF energy below the published limits when operating in its maximum output power mode and when used with Garmin authorized accessories. To comply with RF exposure compliance requirements, the device should be installed and operated with a minimum of 20 cm (7.87 in.) between the device and your body. The device should not be used in other configurations. This device must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other transmitter or antenna. FCC Compliance This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and may cause harmful interference to radio communications if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Connect the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the GPS device. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. This product does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could result in permanent damage to the equipment, and void your warranty and your authority to operate this device under Part 15 regulations. Software License Agreement BY USING THE DEVICE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries ("Garmin") grant you a limited license to use the software embedded in this device (the "Software") in binary executable form in the normal operation of the product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software remain in Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software, for which source code is not provided, are valuable trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not to decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America or the export control laws of any other applicable country. Map Data Information Garmin uses a combination of governmental and private data sources. Virtually all data sources contain some inaccurate or incomplete data. In some countries, complete and accurate map information is either not available or is prohibitively expensive. Limited Warranty Non-aviation products are warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for one year from the date of purchase. Within this period, Garmin will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts or labor, provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost. This Limited Warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless product damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or other acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider of Garmin; (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin; or (vi) damage to a product that has been connected to power and/or data cables that are not supplied by Garmin. In addition, Garmin reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any country. This product is intended to be used only as a travel aid and must not be used for any purpose requiring precise measurement of direction, distance, location or topography. Garmin makes no warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of map data. Repairs have a 90 day warranty. If the unit sent in is still under its original warranty, then the new warranty is 90 days or to the end of the original 1 year warranty, depending upon which is longer. This Limited Warranty also does not apply to, and Garmin is not responsible for, any degradation in the performance of any Garmin navigation product resulting from its use in proximity to any handset or other device that utilizes a terrestrial broadband network operating on frequencies that are close to the frequencies used by any Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) such as the Global Positioning Service (GPS). Use of such devices may impair reception of GNSS signals. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF, AND Garmin EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY REMEDY OR OTHERWISE. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY HAVE OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. IF IMPLIED WARRANTIES CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED, THEN SUCH WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL Garmin BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement product) the device or software or offer a full refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin authorized dealer or call Garmin Product Support for shipping instructions and an RMA tracking number. Securely pack the device and a copy of the original sales receipt, which is required as the proof of purchase for warranty repairs. Write the tracking number clearly on the outside of the package. Send the device, freight charges prepaid, to any Garmin warranty service station. Online Auction Purchases: Products purchased through online auctions are not eligible for rebates or other special offers from Garmin warranty coverage. Online auction confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original retailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction. International Purchases: A separate warranty may be provided by international distributors for devices purchased outside the United States depending on the country. If applicable, this warranty is provided by the local in-country distributor and this distributor provides local service for your device. Distributor warranties are only valid in the area of intended distribution. Devices purchased in the United States or Canada must be returned to the Garmin service center in the United Kingdom, the United States, Canada, or Taiwan for service. Marine Warranty Policy: Certain Garmin Marine products in certain areas have a longer warranty period and additional terms and conditions. Go to www.garmin.com/support/warranty _marine for more details and to see if your product is covered under the Garmin Marine Warranty Policy. Australian Purchases: Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and for compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure. The benefits under our Limited Warranty are in addition to other rights and remedies under applicable law in relation to the products. Garmin Australasia, 30 Clay Place, Eastern Creek, NSW 2766, Australia. Phone: 1800 235 822. Informations importantes sur le produit et la scurit AVERTISSEMENT Si vous ne respectez pas les avertissements suivants, vous risquez un accident ou une collision pouvant entraner des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Avertissements d'utilisation en milieu marin Vous tes responsable de l'utilisation sre et prudente de votre bateau. Cet appareil est un outil qui optimisera votre capacit de pilotage. Cet appareil ne vous dgage pas de vos responsabilits en cas de non-respect de la scurit bord. Evitez tout danger de navigation et ne relchez pas votre surveillance de la barre. L'appareil doit tre utilis uniquement comme une aide la navigation. Ne tentez pas d'utiliser l'appareil des fins exigeant une mesure prcise de l'orientation, de la distance, de la position ou de la topographie. Soyez toujours prt reprendre les commandes du navire. Soyez vigilant proximit des points dangereux, tels que les quais et les autres navires. En cours de navigation, et si l'appareil dispose de fonctions de navigation, comparez attentivement les informations affiches par l'appareil toutes les autres sources d'information disponibles, notamment les repres visuels, les rgles et restrictions locales relatives aux voies navigables, ainsi que les cartes. Pour votre scurit, cherchez rsoudre tout dysfonctionnement ou problme avant de poursuivre la navigation. Si l'appareil utilise des cartes, utilisez la carte lectronique de l'appareil uniquement pour faciliter l'usage de cartes gouvernementales officielles, pas pour les remplacer. Seules les cartes gouvernementales officielles et les avis aux navigateurs contiennent toutes les informations ncessaires une navigation en toute scurit. Si l'appareil fournit des donnes de profondeur, celles-ci ne doivent pas tre utilises en premier recours afin d'viter les risques d'chouage ou de collision. Compltez les mesures des donnes de profondeur l'aide d'informations issues de cartes papier et d'indicateurs visuels applicables. Si vous suspectez la prsence d'un haut-fond ou d'objets immergs, naviguez toujours faible vitesse. Si vous ignorez cet avertissement, votre bateau risque d'tre endommag ou vous risquez d'tre bless. Si l'appareil dispose de fonctions d'entre vido, n'utilisez pas l'entre vido en cours de navigation. Le visionnage de la vido lorsque le navire se dplace peut engendrer un accident ou une collision provoquant des dommages matriels et des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Avertissements relatifs la batterie L'appareil utilise une batterie interne, non remplaable par l'utilisateur, pour diffrentes raisons telles que celle de l'horloge en temps rel. Le non-respect de ces consignes peut causer une diminution de la dure de vie des batteries, endommager l'appareil ou prsenter un risque d'incendie, de brlure chimique, de fuite d'lectrolyte et/ou de blessure. N'essayez pas de retirer la batterie non remplaable par l'utilisateur. Contactez la dchetterie locale pour plus d'informations sur la mise au rebut de l'appareil ou des batteries dans le respect des lois et rglementations locales applicables. Avertissement concernant la perte d'audition En coutant la stro un volume trop lev, vous risquez d'endommager votre audition. AVIS Les performances de l'appareil de navigation peuvent tre rduites si vous utilisez l'appareil proximit d'un autre appareil utilisant un rseau terrestre large bande fonctionnant sur des frquences proches de celles utilises par les systmes de positionnement par satellites
(GNSS), comme le GPS. L'utilisation de tels appareils peut altrer la rception des signaux GNSS. Programmes environnementaux Des informations relatives au programme Garmin de recyclage des produits ainsi qu'aux directives DEEE et RoHS, la rglementation REACH et aux autres programmes de conformit sont disponibles l'adresse www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Dclaration de conformit Par la prsente, Garmin dclare que ce produit est conforme aux principales exigences et autres clauses pertinentes de la directive europenne 1999/5/CE. Pour prendre connaissance de l'intgralit de la dclaration de conformit, rendez-vous sur le site www.garmin.com
/compliance. Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada Conformit Cet appareil est conforme aux normes RSS sans licence du ministre Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) ce priphrique ne doit pas causer d'interfrences et (2) doit accepter toute interfrence, y compris les interfrences pouvant entraner un fonctionnement indsirable de l'appareil. Exposition aux rayonnements frquence radiolectrique Cet appareil est un transmetteur/rcepteur mobile qui utilise une antenne interne pour envoyer et recevoir des champs de radiofrquences de faible puissance lors des communications de donnes. Les champs de radiofrquences mis par l'appareil lorsqu'il fonctionne au maximum de sa puissance et qu'il est utilis avec des accessoires approuvs par Garmin ne dpassent pas les limites fixes par la rglementation. Pour tre conforme aux exigences d'exposition aux radiofrquences, l'appareil doit tre install et utilis en respectant une distance minimale de 20 cm (7,87) entre l'appareil et votre corps. L'appareil ne doit tre utilis dans aucune autre configuration. Cet appareil ne doit pas tre plac ou utilis en conjonction avec d'autres antennes ou metteurs. Contrat de licence du logiciel EN UTILISANT CE PRODUIT, VOUS RECONNAISSEZ ETRE LIE PAR LES TERMES DU PRESENT CONTRAT DE LICENCE DE LOGICIEL. LISEZ ATTENTIVEMENT CE CONTRAT DE LICENCE. Garmin Ltd. et ses filiales ( Garmin ) concdent une licence limite pour l'utilisation du logiciel intgr cet appareil (le Logiciel ) sous la forme d'un programme binaire excutable, dans le cadre du fonctionnement normal du produit. Tout titre, droit de proprit ou droit de proprit intellectuelle dans le Logiciel ou concernant le Logiciel est la proprit de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers. Vous reconnaissez que le Logiciel est la proprit de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers et qu'il est protg par les lois en vigueur aux Etats-Unis d'Amrique et par les traits internationaux relatifs aux droits d'auteur. Vous reconnaissez galement que la structure, l'organisation et le code du Logiciel, dont le code source n'est pas fourni, constituent d'importants secrets de fabrication de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers, et que le code source du Logiciel demeure un important secret de fabrication de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers. Vous acceptez de ne pas dcompiler, dsassembler, modifier, assembler rebours, tudier par rtro-ingnierie ou transcrire en langage humain intelligible le Logiciel ou toute partie du Logiciel, ou crer toute uvre drive du Logiciel. Vous acceptez de ne pas exporter ni de rexporter le Logiciel vers un pays contrevenant aux lois de contrle l'exportation des Etats-Unis d'Amrique ou celles de tout autre pays concern. Informations sur les donnes cartographiques Les donnes de Garmin proviennent la fois de sources publiques et prives. La quasi-totalit des sources de donnes contient une part d'informations inexactes ou incompltes. Dans certains pays, des informations cartographiques compltes et exactes sont soit indisponibles, soit proposes un cot prohibitif. Garantie limite Les produits non aronautiques sont garantis contre tout dfaut de matriel et de fabrication pendant un an compter de leur date d'achat. Durant cette priode, Garmin pourra, son entire discrtion, rparer ou remplacer tout composant qui s'avrerait dfectueux dans le cadre d'un usage normal. Ce type de rparation ou de remplacement ne sera pas factur au client, qu'il s'agisse des composants ou de la main-d'uvre, condition que le client prenne en charge les frais de port. La prsente garantie limite ne couvre pas : (i) les dommages esthtiques, tels que les raflures, les rayures et les bosses ; (ii) les consommables, comme les piles, moins que le dommage ne soit d un dfaut matriel ou de fabrication ; (iii) les dommages provoqus par un accident, une utilisation abusive, une mauvaise utilisation, l'eau, une inondation, un incendie ou toute autre catastrophe naturelle ou cause extrieure ; (iv) les dommages provoqus par des fournisseurs de services non agrs par Garmin ; ou (v) les dommages sur un produit ayant t modifi sans l'autorisation crite de Garmin ; ou (vi) les dommages sur un produit raccord des cbles d'alimentation et/ou des cbles de donnes non fournis par Garmin. En outre, Garmin se rserve le droit de refuser toute demande de service sous garantie relative un produit ou service obtenu et/ou utilis en violation des lois de tout pays. Ce produit est uniquement une aide la navigation et il ne doit pas tre utilis d'autres fins exigeant l'valuation prcise de la direction, de la distance, de la position ou de la topographie. Garmin n'offre aucune garantie quant l'exactitude ou l'exhaustivit des donnes cartographiques. Les rparations sont garanties pendant 90 jours. Si l'unit envoye est toujours couverte par la garantie d'origine, cette nouvelle garantie court pendant un dlai de 90 jours ou jusqu' la fin de la priode de garantie d'origine qui est d'un an, selon la plus longue des deux priodes. La prsente garantie limite ne couvre pas, et Garmin n'est pas responsable de, toute dgradation des performances d'un produit de navigation Garmin si celui-ci a t utilis prs d'un appareil portable ou de tout autre appareil utilisant un rseau terrestre large bande fonctionnant sur des frquences proches de celles utilises par tout systme de positionnement par satellites (GNSS), comme le GPS. L'utilisation de tels appareils peut altrer la rception des signaux GNSS. DANS LES LIMITES PREVUES PAR LA LOI, LES GARANTIES ET RECOURS CONTENUS DANS LA PRESENTE GARANTIE LIMITEE SONT EXCLUSIFS ET REMPLACENT, ET Garmin EXCLUT EXPLICITEMENT, TOUTE AUTRE GARANTIE ET RECOURS EXPRES, IMPLICITES, LEGAUX OU AUTRES, Y COMPRIS, MAIS DE MANIERE NON LIMITATIVE, TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE MARCHANDE OU D'ADEQUATION A UN USAGE PARTICULIER, TOUT RECOURS LEGAL OU AUTRES. LA PRESENTE GARANTIE VOUS OCTROIE DES DROITS PARTICULIERS ET VOUS BENEFICIEZ PEUT-ETRE D'AUTRES DROITS QUI PEUVENT VARIER D'UN ETAT A L'AUTRE. SI LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES NE PEUVENT PAS ETRE EXCLUES, ALORS LESDITES GARANTIES SONT LIMITEES A LA DUREE DE LA PRESENTE GARANTIE LIMITEE. CERTAINS ETATS INTERDISANT LA RESTRICTION DE LA DUREE D'UNE GARANTIE IMPLICITE, LES RESTRICTIONS SUSMENTIONNEES PEUVENT NE PAS VOUS CONCERNER. EN AUCUN CAS, LA SOCIETE Garmin NE SAURAIT ETRE TENUE RESPONSABLE DE TOUT DOMMAGE ACCESSOIRE, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OU CONSECUTIF RESULTANT DE L'UTILISATION, DE LA MAUVAISE UTILISATION OU DE L'IMPOSSIBILITE D'UTILISER CE PRODUIT, OU RESULTANT DE DEFAUTS DU PRODUIT. CERTAINS ETATS INTERDISANT L'EXCLUSION OU LA RESTRICTION DES DOMMAGES ACCESSOIRES OU CONSECUTIFS, LES RESTRICTIONS SUSMENTIONNEES PEUVENT NE PAS VOUS CONCERNER. Garmin se rserve le droit exclusif de rparer l'appareil ou le logiciel, de les remplacer (par un produit de remplacement neuf ou entirement rvis) ou de proposer le remboursement intgral du prix d'achat son entire discrtion. CE TYPE DE RECOURS SERA VOTRE RECOURS UNIQUE ET EXCLUSIF POUR TOUTE RUPTURE DE GARANTIE. Pour bnficier d'un service sous garantie, contactez votre revendeur agr Garmin ou appelez le service d'assistance produit de Garmin pour obtenir les instructions relatives l'expdition du produit, ainsi qu'un numro de suivi RMA. Emballez avec soin l'appareil en y joignant une copie de l'original de la facture, qui fera office de preuve d'achat dans le cas de rparations sous garantie. Inscrivez lisiblement le numro de suivi sur l'extrieur du paquet. Envoyez le priphrique, frais de port prpays, un centre de services sous garantie Garmin. Achats dans le cadre d'enchres en ligne : les produits achets au cours d'enchres en ligne ne peuvent faire l'objet de rabais ou d'autres offres spciales proposs par la garantie de Garmin. Les confirmations de vente aux enchres en ligne ne sont pas acceptes dans le cadre d'une vrification sous garantie. Pour bnficier d'un service sous garantie, l'original ou une copie de la facture dresse par le premier revendeur doit tre prsent. Garmin ne procdera aucun remplacement de composant manquant sur tout produit achet dans le cadre d'enchres en ligne. Achats internationaux : selon les pays, une garantie distincte peut tre accorde par les distributeurs internationaux pour les appareils achets hors des Etats-Unis. Le cas chant, cette garantie est fournie par le distributeur du pays d'achat et ledit distributeur prend en charge les services locaux ncessaires pour votre appareil. Les garanties distributeur sont valides uniquement dans les zones de distribution vises. En cas de problme, les appareils achets aux Etats-Unis ou au Canada doivent tre renvoys aux ateliers de rparations Garmin du Royaume-Uni, des Etats-Unis, du Canada ou de Tawan. Politique de garantie des produits marine : pour certains produits marine de Garmin de certaines rgions du monde, la priode de garantie est plus longue et des conditions supplmentaires s'appliquent. Rendez-vous sur le site www.garmin.com/support/warranty _marine pour plus de dtails et pour savoir si votre produit est couvert par la garantie des produits marine de Garmin. Informazioni importanti sulla sicurezza e sul prodotto AVVERTENZA Il mancato rispetto delle indicazioni fornite di seguito potrebbe causare incidenti e tamponamenti gravi o mortali. Avvertenze sull'uso in ambiene nautico Ogni utente responsabile della navigazione sicura della propria imbarcazione. Questo dispositivo costituisce un aiuto alla navigazione, che non esime l'utente dal navigare responsabilmente e con prudenza. Durante la navigazione, evitare le zone pericolose e non lasciare mai il timone. Utilizzare il dispositivo solo come ausilio alla navigazione. Non utilizzare il dispositivo per ottenere misurazioni precise della direzione, della distanza, della posizione o della topografia. Tenersi sempre pronti a riprendere il controllo dell'imbarcazione in modo tempestivo. Prestare sempre attenzione durante l'uso del sistema, ma in particolar modo nelle vicinanze di moli, scogli ed altre imbarcazioni. Durante la navigazione verificare le informazioni del dispositivo con l'ambiente circostante, le carte ufficiali, le note ai naviganti, avvertenze e leggi in vigore. Per motivi di sicurezza, risolvere eventuali incongruenze o problemi prima di continuare la navigazione. La cartografia un ausilio alla navigazione e non sostituisce le carte governative autorizzate. Gli avvisi ai naviganti e le carte governative ufficiali contengono tutte le informazioni necessarie per una navigazione in sicurezza. I dati di profondit indicati dal dispositivo non devono essere utilizzati come unico strumento di misurazione. Integrare i dati di profondit del prodotto con le carte ufficiali. Mantenere sempre una velocit di crociera ridotta, se si ritiene di navigare in fondali bassi o si sospetta la presenza di oggetti sommersi. La mancata osservanza di tale avvertenza potrebbe provocare danni all'imbarcazione o alle persone. Se il prodotto dispone di ingressi video, non utilizzarli durante la navigazione. La visione di sorgenti video diverse dalle informazioni per la navigazione possono distrarre ed essere causa di incidenti o danni a cose e persone. Avvisi sulla batteria Il dispositivo utilizza una batteria interna, non sostituibile dall'utente per vari scopi, ad esempio l'orologio in tempo reale. Il mancato rispetto delle seguenti linee guida potrebbe compromettere la durata delle batterie, danneggiare il dispositivo e causare incendi, combustioni chimiche, perdita di elettroliti e/o lesioni. Non rimuovere o cercare di rimuovere la batteria presente all'interno dello strumento. Per un corretto smaltimento del dispositivo/batterie in conformit alle leggi e disposizioni locali, contattare le autorit locali preposte. Avvertenza relativa ai danni all'udito Ascoltare lo stereo ad alto volume pu causare danni all'udito. AVVISO Le prestazioni del dispositivo di navigazione potrebbero ridursi in prossimit di un altro dispositivo che utilizza una rete a banda larga terrestre vicino alle frequenze utilizzate da un Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), ad esempio il Global Positioning Service (GPS). L'utilizzo di tali dispositivi potrebbe impedire la ricezione dei segnali GNSS. 3 Programmi ambientali per i prodotti Le informazioni sul programma di riciclo dei prodotti Garmin, sulle direttive WEEE, RoHS, REACH e su altri programmi di conformit sono reperibili sul sito Web www.garmin.com
/aboutGarmin/environment. Dichiarazione di conformit Con il presente documento, Garmin dichiara che questo prodotto conforme ai requisiti essenziali e alle altre disposizioni in materia previste dalla Direttiva 1999/5/CE. Per visualizzare la versione integrale della Dichiarazione di conformit, visitare il sito www.garmin.com
/compliance. Contratto di licenza software L'USO DEL DISPOSITIVO IMPLICA L'ACCETTAZIONE DEI TERMINI E DELLE CONDIZIONI SPECIFICATI NEL SEGUENTE CONTRATTO DI LICENZA SOFTWARE. LEGGERE ATTENTAMENTE IL PRESENTE CONTRATTO. Garmin Ltd. e sue affiliate ("Garmin") concedono una licenza limitata per l'utilizzo del software integrato in questo dispositivo (il "Software") in forma binaria eseguibile per il normale funzionamento del prodotto. Il titolo, i diritti di propriet e di propriet intellettuale relativi al Software sono esclusivi di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti. L'utente prende atto che il Software di propriet di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti ed protetto dalle leggi sul copyright in vigore negli Stati Uniti d'America e dai trattati internazionali sul copyright. L'utente riconosce inoltre che la struttura, l'organizzazione e il codice del Software, di cui non viene fornito il codice sorgente, sono considerati segreti commerciali di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti e che il Software in formato sorgente resta un segreto commerciale di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti. L'utente accetta di non decompilare, disassemblare, modificare, decodificare o convertire in formato leggibile il Software o parte di esso n di creare altri prodotti basati sul Software. L'utente accetta di non esportare o riesportare il Software in qualsiasi Paese in violazione delle leggi sul controllo delle esportazioni in vigore negli Stati Uniti d'America o delle norme per il controllo delle esportazioni da qualsiasi altro Paese. Informazioni sui dati mappa Garmin utilizza una serie di fonti statali e private. Tutte le fonti di dati possono contenere dati imprecisi e incompleti. In alcuni paesi, le informazioni su mappe complete e precise non sono disponibili o sono proibitive in termini di costi. Garanzia La garanzia prestata dal Venditore:
al Consumatore ossia, ai sensi dell'art. 3, D.Lgs. 6 ottobre 2005, alla "persona fisica che agisce per scopi estranei all'attivit imprenditoriale o professionale eventualmente svolta", sulla base della medesima norma istitutiva del cos detto Codice del consumo. In base a detta legge la durata della garanzia di 24 mesi decorrenti dalla data di consegna del prodotto al Consumatore. La garanzia copre solo i difetti di conformit o d'origine, cio preesistenti alla consegna del bene al Consumatore e non copre i difetti legati ad un'errata installazione o ad errato uso dello stesso;
al Professionista, ossia ai sensi del citato art. 3 206/05, alla "persona fisica o giuridica che agisce nell'esercizio della propria attivit imprenditoriale o professionale, ovvero un suo intermediario" nei limiti di quanto previsto dagli artt. 1490 ss c.c. e nei termini di cui all'art. 1495 c.c. Garanzia Prodotto Il Prodotto, a cui riferita la presente garanzia, garantito esente da difetti originari di conformit per un periodo di 24 mesi dalla data di consegna all'utente finale, conformemente a quanto previsto dal D.Lgs. 206/05. La preghiamo, prima di prendere possesso del prodotto, di verificare, assieme al Venditore, se il prodotto conforme alle Sue aspettative. Laddove il Venditore si occupi anche della installazione del Prodotto, La preghiamo, inoltre, di verificarne il corretto funzionamento, eventualmente eseguendo una prova d'uso reale. Procedura Qualora intenda avvalersi dei diritti di cui alle presenti condizioni di garanzia, la preghiamo di visitare il sito web di Garmin Italia (www.garmin.it) onde ottenere le informazioni circa l'esatta modalit di consegna o spedizione dei prodotti. Con le limitazioni specificate in seguito, e qualora sussistano le condizioni per riconoscere la garanzia ai sensi del D.Lgs. 206/05, il prodotto verr riparato senza nessun costo relativo alle spese strettamente necessarie per la riparazione e quindi rispedito in porto franco al Venditore. Resta fermo quanto disposto dall'art. 130, D.Lgs. 206/05 in particolare quanto all'oggettiva impossibilit o l'eccessiva onerosit della riparazione. Per i prodotti in garanzia il Consumatore nulla deve al Venditore a titolo di contributo spese di trasporto o di gestione. Laddove il prodotto dovesse essere inviato nonostante il periodo di garanzia sia scaduto ovvero risulti che trattasi di difetto non coperto dalla Garanzia, ovvero il prodotto sia privo di difetti, Garmin Italia addebiter al Venditore i costi del trasporto, amministrativi e tecnici sostenuti. Limiti nel caso di intervento in garanzia La garanzia di Garmin Italia non copre i difetti originari manifestatisi oltre il termine di durata della garanzia, i difetti che non preesistevano alla consegna del prodotto, i guasti derivanti da negligenza o trascuratezza nell'uso, da errata installazione o manutenzione, erroneo immagazzinaggio e/o conservazione, da manutenzione effettuata da personale non autorizzato, da danni di trasporto, corrosione o per strumenti in cui il numero di matricola sia stato in qualche modo alterato o cancellato. Garmin Italia non pu essere ritenuta responsabile per danni causati durante l'installazione o come conseguenza di un'installazione scorretta. La presente Garanzia non copre i controlli periodici, gli allineamenti e le calibrazioni originarie e successive, prove in mare o su terra, o spiegazioni pratiche sull'uso del prodotto a meno che non siano specificatamente necessari per il ripristino funzionale della parte sostituita coperta dalla garanzia. La garanzia non copre altres difetti derivanti da incidenti, calamit naturali od altre cause fra le quali, a titolo meramente esemplificativo, pioggia, grandine o fulmini. La garanzia non copre i danni conseguenti a sovraccarichi di corrente dovuti alla rete cui il prodotto dovesse essere collegato o causati da altre apparecchiature, sistemi o componenti in occasione di impropria connessione o uso non autorizzato o permesso del prodotto ivi compreso nel caso di eventuale utilizzo di un caricabatteria di modello differente rispetto a quello fornito con il prodotto. I materiali soggetti ad usura (inclusi fusibili, batterie, cinghie, ventole o le parti meccaniche connesse) sono specificata-mente esclusi dalla presente Garanzia. L'eventuale rottura di sigilli o la precedente manomissione del prodotto escludono la possibilit di avvalersi della Garanzia. La presente Garanzia non copre le ore di lavoro straordinario. La Garanzia Garmin Italia non copre eventuali differenze di colorazione, di materiale o aspetto sussistenti tra quanto a titolo indicativo, illustrato nella pubblicit, nei cataloghi o su Internet, che non siano state oggetto di specifico reclamo al momento della consegna del prodotto. Tutti i prodotti Garmin Italia sono considerati ausili allo svolgimento dell'attivit a cui sono destinati. quindi esclusivamente responsabilit dell'utente usare la prudenza e il giudizio necessari durante il loro utilizzo. Garmin Italia non risponder dell'eventuale inosservanza delle normali regole di diligenza e prudenza ed altres, nel caso di utilizzo a bordo di autoveicoli, velivoli, natanti o di altri mezzi di trasporto non risponder della violazione delle norme, disposizioni delle autorit o regolamenti disciplinanti la loro circolazione e non risponder dei danni eventualmente causati a terzi ed alla persona del Consumatore. Assistenza oltre i termini di garanzia Qualora il prodotto in Suo possesso manifestasse problemi di funzionamento oltre i termini di garanzia, ovvero per quanto entro i 24 mesi di vita fosse stato danneggiato o abbisognasse 4 comunque di interventi tecnici per cause che non rientrano fra quelle coperte dalla garanzia, La preghiamo di contattare telefonicamente il Customer Care Garmin al numero indicato sul sito www.garmin.it al fine di concordare la modalit di invio dello strumento per riparazione o verifica. Ricordiamo che in caso di assistenza fuori garanzia le spese di trasporto sono a carico del Consumatore, come pure i costi di riparazione, verifica, aggiornamento software o eventuale reset delle apparecchiature. Wichtige Sicherheits- und Produktinformationen WARNUNG Falls Sie folgende Warnungen nicht beachten, knnte es zu einem Unfall oder Zusammensto mit schweren oder sogar tdlichen Verletzungen kommen. Warnungen zum Betrieb von Schiffen Sie sind fr den sicheren und umsichtigen Betrieb des Boots verantwortlich. Mit dem Gert knnen Sie die Mglichkeiten zur Steuerung des Boots erheblich erweitern. Das Gert befreit Sie nicht von der Verantwortung, fr einen sicheren Betrieb des Boots zu sorgen. Vermeiden Sie riskante Manver, und lassen Sie den Steuerstand niemals unbeaufsichtigt. Verwenden Sie dieses Gert lediglich als Navigationshilfe. Verwenden Sie das Gert nicht, um damit exakte Richtungs-, Entfernungs-, Positions- oder topografische Messungen durchzufhren. Seien Sie stets bereit, unverzglich die Steuerung des Boots zu bernehmen. Lassen Sie in der Nhe von Hindernissen im Wasser, z. B. Docks, Pfeilern und anderen Booten, Vorsicht walten. Wenn das Gert ber Navigationsfunktionen verfgt, vergleichen Sie beim Navigieren die auf dem Gert angezeigten Informationen sorgfltig mit allen anderen verfgbaren Navigationsquellen, z. B. visuellen Signalen, lokalen Bestimmungen und Einschrnkungen fr Schifffahrtswege sowie mit Karten. Aus Sicherheitsgrnden sollten Sie Unstimmigkeiten oder Fragen klren, bevor Sie die Fahrt fortsetzen. Wenn das Gert Karten nutzt, soll die elektronische Karte den Gebrauch von Karten offizieller staatlicher Stellen erleichtern, diese jedoch nicht ersetzen. Die Karten von offiziellen staatlichen Stellen und die nautischen Mitteilungen fr Seefahrer enthalten alle Informationen, die fr die sichere Navigation erforderlich sind. Wenn das Gert Tiefendaten bereitstellt, sollten diese nicht ausschlielich zur Vermeidung von Grundberhrung oder Zusammensten verwendet werden. Nutzen Sie zustzlich zu Tiefendatenangaben Informationen von entsprechenden Seekarten und visuellen Hinweisen. Betreiben Sie das Schiff stets bei niedrigen Geschwindigkeiten, falls Sie Bereiche mit Flachwasser oder Unterwasserobjekten vermuten. Die Nichteinhaltung dieser Warnung knnte zur Beschdigung des Schiffs oder zu Verletzungen fhren. Wenn das Gert ber Videoeingangsfunktionen verfgt, beachten Sie, dass whrend des Schiffsbetriebs oder der Schiffsnavigation keine Videoeingnge laufen oder angesehen werden drfen. Durch die Bedienung des Videoeingangs oder das Ansehen eines Videos whrend der Fahrt des Schiffes knnen Unflle oder Kollisionen und damit Sachschden, schwere oder sogar tdliche Verletzungen verursacht werden. Akkuwarnungen Im Gert wird fr verschiedene Zwecke eine interne, nicht auswechselbare Batterie genutzt, z. B. fr die Uhr. Ein Missachten dieser Richtlinien kann zur Verkrzung der Betriebsdauer der Batterien oder zu Schden am Gert, zu Feuer, chemischen Vertzungen, Auslaufen des Elektrolyts und/oder Verletzungen fhren. Nicht auswechselbare Akkus drfen nicht entfernt werden. Wenden Sie sich zur ordnungsgemen, im Einklang mit anwendbaren rtlichen Gesetzen und Bestimmungen stehenden Entsorgung von Gert und/oder Akku an die zustndige Abfallentsorgungsstelle. Warnung zu Hrschden Wenn Sie mit hoher Lautstrke Radio hren, kann Ihr Gehr geschdigt werden. HINWEIS Die Leistung des Navigationsgerts ist u. U. eingeschrnkt, wenn es in der Nhe von Gerten verwendet wird, die ein terrestrisches Breitbandnetz nutzen, dessen Frequenzen nahe der von einem GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) wie dem Global Positioning Service (GPS) verwendeten Frequenzen liegen. Die Verwendung dieser Gerte kann den Empfang von GNSS-
Signalen beeintrchtigen. Umweltschutzprogramme fr das Produkt Informationen zum Produktrecyclingprogramm von Garmin sowie zur WEEE-, RoHS- und REACH-Richtlinie und zu anderen Programmen zur Einhaltung von Richtlinien finden Sie unter www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Konformittserklrung Garmin erklrt hiermit, dass dieses Produkt den wesentlichen Anforderungen und weiteren relevanten Vorschriften der Direktive 1999/5/EG entspricht. Sie finden die vollstndige Konformittserklrung unter www.garmin.com/compliance. Software-Lizenzvereinbarung DURCH DIE VERWENDUNG DES GERTS STIMMEN SIE DEN BEDINGUNGEN DER FOLGENDEN SOFTWARE-LIZENZVEREINBARUNG ZU. LESEN SIE DIE LIZENZVEREINBARUNG AUFMERKSAM DURCH. Garmin Ltd. und deren Tochtergesellschaften (Garmin) gewhren Ihnen im Rahmen des normalen Betriebs dieses Gerts eine beschrnkte Lizenz zur Verwendung der in diesem Gert im Binrformat integrierten Software (die Software). Verfgungsrechte, Eigentumsrechte und Rechte am geistigen Eigentum an der Software verbleiben bei Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern. Sie erkennen an, dass die Software Eigentum von Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern ist und durch die Urheberrechte der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und internationale Abkommen zum Urheberrecht geschtzt ist. Weiterhin erkennen Sie an, dass Struktur, Organisation und Code der Software, fr die kein Quellcode zur Verfgung gestellt wird, wertvolle Betriebsgeheimnisse von Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern sind und dass der Quellcode der Software ein wertvolles Betriebsgeheimnis von Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern bleibt. Sie verpflichten sich, die Software oder Teile davon nicht zu dekompilieren, zu deassemblieren, zu verndern, zurckzuassemblieren, zurckzuentwickeln, in eine allgemein lesbare Form umzuwandeln oder ein von der Software abgeleitetes Werk zu erstellen. Sie verpflichten sich, die Software nicht in ein Land zu exportieren oder zu reexportieren, das nicht im Einklang mit den Exportkontrollgesetzen der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika oder den Exportkontrollgesetzen eines anderen, in diesem Zusammenhang relevanten Landes steht. Kartendaten-Informationen Garmin verwendet eine Kombination aus ffentlichen und privaten Datenquellen. Nahezu alle Datenquellen enthalten in bestimmtem Ausma ungenaue oder unvollstndige Daten. In einigen Lndern sind vollstndige und genaue Karteninformationen nicht erhltlich oder unverhltnismig teuer. Eingeschrnkte Gewhrleistung Fr nicht fr die Luftfahrt vorgesehenen Produkte gilt ab dem Kaufdatum eine einjhrige Garantie auf Material- und Verarbeitungsfehler. Innerhalb dieses Zeitraums repariert oder ersetzt Garmin nach eigenem Ermessen alle bei ordnungsgemer Verwendung ausgefallenen Komponenten. Diese Reparatur- und Austauscharbeiten sind fr den Kunden in Bezug auf Teile und Arbeitszeit unter der Voraussetzung kostenlos, dass dieser die Transportkosten bernimmt. Diese eingeschrnkte Gewhrleistung findet keinerlei Anwendung auf: (i) kosmetische Schden, z. B. Kratzer oder Dellen, (ii) Verschleiteile wie Batterien, sofern Produktschden nicht auf Material- oder Verarbeitungsfehler zurckzufhren sind, (iii) durch Unflle, Missbrauch, unsachgeme Verwendung, Wasser, berschwemmung, Feuer oder andere hhere Gewalt oder uere Ursachen hervorgerufene Schden, (iv) Schden aufgrund einer Wartung durch nicht von Garmin autorisierte Dienstanbieter, (v) Schden an einem Produkt, das ohne die ausdrckliche schriftliche Genehmigung von Garmin modifiziert oder gendert wurde oder (vi) Schden an einem Produkt, das mit Netz- und/oder Datenkabeln verbunden wurde, die nicht von Garmin bereitgestellt wurden. Darber hinaus behlt Garmin sich das Recht vor, Garantieansprche fr Produkte oder Dienstleistungen abzulehnen, die unter Versto gegen die Gesetze eines Landes erworben und/oder verwendet werden. Dieses Produkt ist ausschlielich als Navigationshilfe vorgesehen und darf nicht zu Zwecken verwendet werden, die przise Messungen von Richtungen, Entfernungen, Standorten oder Topografien erfordern. Garmin bernimmt keinerlei Gewhrleistungen im Hinblick auf die Richtigkeit oder Vollstndigkeit der Kartendaten. Auf Reparaturen findet eine Gewhrleistung von 90 Tagen Anwendung. Falls fr das eingesendete Gert weiterhin die ursprngliche Garantie gilt, betrgt die neue Garantie 90 Tage oder bis zum Ende der ursprnglichen einjhrigen Garantie, wobei der jeweils lngere Zeitraum Anwendung findet. Auerdem findet diese eingeschrnkte Gewhrleistung keinerlei Anwendung auf Leistungseinschrnkungen eines Navigationsprodukts von Garmin, die sich durch die Verwendung des Gerts in der Nhe von Telefonen oder anderen Gerten ergeben, die ein terrestrisches Breitbandnetz nutzen, dessen Frequenzen nahe der von einem GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) wie dem Global Positioning Service (GPS) verwendeten Frequenzen liegen, noch ist Garmin fr diese Leistungseinschrnkungen verantwortlich. Die Verwendung dieser Gerte kann den Empfang von GNSS-Signalen beeintrchtigen. IN DEM NACH GELTENDEN RECHT MAXIMAL ZULSSIGEN UMFANG GELTEN DIE IN DIESER EINGESCHRNKTEN GEWHRLEISTUNG AUFGEFHRTEN GEWHRLEISTUNGEN UND RECHTSMITTEL EXKLUSIV UND SCHLIESSEN JEGLICHE AUSDRCKLICHEN, STILLSCHWEIGENDEN, GESETZLICHEN ODER ANDERWEITIGEN GEWHRLEISTUNGEN UND RECHTSMITTEL AUS, U. A. STILLSCHWEIGENDE GEWHRLEISTUNGEN DER HANDELSTAUGLICHKEIT ODER DER EIGNUNG FR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK, GESETZLICHE ODER ANDERWEITIGE GEWHRLEISTUNGEN, UND Garmin SCHLIESST DIE VORGENANNTEN GEWHRLEISTUNGEN UND RECHTSMITTEL AUSDRCKLICH AUS. DIESE EINGESCHRNKTE GEWHRLEISTUNG GEWHRT IHNEN BESTIMMTE GESETZLICHE RECHTE; AUSSERDEM HABEN SIE GGF. ANDERE GESETZLICHE RECHTE, DIE VON LAND ZU LAND VARIIEREN KNNEN. FALLS STILLSCHWEIGENDE GEWHRLEISTUNGEN NICHT AUSGESCHLOSSEN WERDEN KNNEN, IST DIE DAUER DERARTIGER GEWHRLEISTUNGEN AUF DIE DAUER DIESER EINGESCHRNKTEN GEWHRLEISTUNG BESCHRNKT. IN EINIGEN LNDERN IST DIE EINSCHRNKUNG DER DAUER EINER EINGESCHRNKTEN GEWHRLEISTUNG NICHT GESTATTET; IN EINEM SOLCHEN FALL TRIFFT DER VORSTEHEND GENANNTE AUSSCHLUSS GGF. NICHT AUF SIE ZU. IN KEINERLEI FALL HAFTET Garmin FR BEILUFIG ENTSTANDENE, KONKRETE, INDIREKTE SCHDEN ODER FOLGESCHDEN, DIE DURCH DIE SACH- ODER UNSACHGEMSSE VERWENDUNG, DIE NICHTVERWENDBARKEIT DIESES PRODUKTS ODER DEFEKTE DES PRODUKTS ENTSTEHEN. IN EINIGEN LNDERN IST DER AUSSCHLUSS VON BEILUFIG ENTSTANDENEN SCHDEN ODER FOLGESCHDEN NICHT GESTATTET. IN EINEM SOLCHEN FALL TREFFEN DIE VORGENANNTEN AUSSCHLSSE NICHT AUF SIE ZU. Garmin behlt sich das ausschlieliche Recht vor, das Gert oder die Software nach eigenem Ermessen zu reparieren oder zu ersetzen (durch ein neues oder berholtes Ersatzprodukt) oder den vollstndigen Kaufpreis zu erstatten. DIESE RECHTSMITTEL SIND DIE EINZIGEN IHNEN IM FALLE EINES GARANTIEANSPRUCHS ZUR VERFGUNG STEHENDEN RECHTSMITTEL. Wenden Sie sich bei Garantieansprchen an einen Garmin Vertragshndler vor Ort, oder wenden Sie sich telefonisch an den Support von Garmin, um Rcksendeanweisungen und eine RMA-Nummer zu erhalten. Verpacken Sie das Gert sicher, und legen Sie eine Kopie der Originalquittung bei, die als Kaufbeleg fr Garantiereparaturen erforderlich ist. Schreiben Sie die RMA-Nummer deutlich lesbar auf die Auenseite des Pakets. Senden Sie das Gert frankiert an ein Service-Center von Garmin. Kufe ber Onlineaktionen: Fr Produkte, die ber Onlineauktionen erworben wurden, besteht keinerlei Anspruch auf Rabatte oder andere, sich aus der Garantie ergebende Sonderangebote von Garmin. Online-Auktionsbesttigungen werden fr Garantieansprche nicht akzeptiert. Hierfr ist das Original oder eine Kopie des Kaufbelegs des ursprnglichen Einzelhndlers erforderlich. Garmin ersetzt keine fehlenden Komponenten bei Paketsendungen, die ber Online-Auktionen erworben wurden. Internationale Kufe: Fr ber internationale Vertriebspartner auerhalb der USA erworbene Gerte gilt mglicherweise abhngig vom jeweiligen Land eine separate Garantie. Sofern zutreffend wird diese Garantie von dem Vertriebspartner im jeweiligen Land angeboten, der auch den lokalen Service fr das Gert durchfhrt. Garantien von Vertriebspartnern gelten nur in dem fr den Vertrieb vorgesehenen Gebiet. In den USA oder Kanada erworbene Gerte mssen fr Kundendienstzwecke an ein Service-Center von Garmin in Grobritannien, Nordirland, den USA, Kanada oder Taiwan geschickt werden. Gewhrleistungsrichtlinie fr Marineprodukte: Fr einige Marineprodukte von Garmin gelten in bestimmten Gebieten ein lngerer Gewhrleistungszeitraum und zustzliche Bedingungen. Weitere Informationen sind unter www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine verfgbar. Dort knnen Sie auch prfen, ob Ihr Produkt von der Garmin Gewhrleistungsrichtlinie fr Marineprodukte abgedeckt ist. Informacin importante sobre el producto y tu seguridad ADVERTENCIA Si no se cumplen las siguientes advertencias, se pueden provocar accidentes o colisiones que tengan como consecuencia la muerte o lesiones graves. Avisos sobre la utilizacin en entornos nuticos T eres el responsable del uso seguro y prudente de la embarcacin. Este dispositivo es una herramienta que mejorar la capacidad de dirigir la embarcacin. Este dispositivo no te exime de la responsabilidad de utilizar de forma segura la embarcacin. Evita los riesgos de navegacin y nunca dejes el timn sin supervisin. Utiliza esta unidad slo como ayuda para la navegacin. No intentes utilizar la unidad para cualquier otro propsito que requiera mediciones precisas de la direccin, la distancia, la ubicacin o la topografa. Permanece siempre preparado para retomar rpidamente el control de la embarcacin. Mantn la precaucin cuando lo utilices cerca de obstculos en el agua, como diques, pilotes u otras embarcaciones. Al navegar, si la unidad dispone de funciones de navegacin, compara con atencin la informacin que aparece en el dispositivo con todas las fuentes de navegacin disponibles, incluida la informacin de seales, las regulaciones y restricciones locales de los canales de navegacin y los mapas. Para mayor seguridad, resuelve cualquier discrepancia o duda antes de continuar con la navegacin. Si la unidad utiliza mapas, utiliza la carta electrnica del dispositivo slo con fines de ayuda y nunca para sustituir cartas autorizadas por el gobierno. Las cartas oficiales del gobierno y los avisos a los navegantes contienen toda la informacin necesaria para navegar de forma segura. Si la unidad proporciona datos de profundidad, no deben utilizarse como referencia principal para evitar embarrancamientos o colisiones. Las lecturas de los datos de profundidad deben complementarse con la informacin de las cartas en papel y los indicadores visuales correspondientes. Si hay indicios de aguas poco profundas u objetos sumergidos, la embarcacin deber manejarse a una velocidad reducida. De no tenerse en cuenta este aviso, podran producirse daos personales o en la embarcacin. Si la unidad dispone de funciones de entrada de vdeo, no intentes utilizar o ver vdeos mientras ests utilizando o pilotando el barco. El uso o la visualizacin de entrada de vdeo mientras se mueve la embarcacin podra provocar un accidente o colisin que cause la muerte, lesiones graves o daos materiales. Avisos sobre la pila El dispositivo utiliza una batera interna no sustituible por el usuario para diversos propsitos, tales como el reloj. Si no se siguen estas indicaciones, puede reducirse el ciclo vital de las pilas o se pueden producir riesgos de daos al dispositivo, fuego, quemaduras qumicas, fuga de electrolitos y heridas. No retires ni intentes retirar la batera no sustituible por el usuario. Ponte en contacto con el servicio local de recogida de basura para desechar el dispositivo o la pila de forma que cumpla todas las leyes y normativas locales aplicables. Aviso sobre daos en el odo Escuchar el sistema estreo a un volumen demasiado alto puede deteriorar la audicin. AVISO El dispositivo de navegacin puede sufrir una degradacin en el funcionamiento si se utiliza cerca de cualquier dispositivo que utilice una red de banda ancha terrestre que funcione con frecuencias prximas a las utilizadas por cualquier sistema global de navegacin por satlite
(GNSS), como el servicio de posicionamiento global (GPS). El uso de dichos dispositivos puede impedir la recepcin de seales GNSS. Programas medioambientales para el producto Puedes consultar la informacin acerca del programa de reciclado de productos de Garmin y la directiva WEEE, RoHS y REACH, as como de otros programas de cumplimiento en www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Declaracin de conformidad Por la presente, Garmin declara que este producto cumple con los requisitos esenciales y otras disposiciones relevantes de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. Para ver la Declaracin de conformidad completa, visita www.garmin.com/compliance. Conformidad con COFETEL/IFETEL La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Acuerdo de licencia del software AL UTILIZAR EL DISPOSITIVO, EL USUARIO SE COMPROMETE A RESPETAR LOS TRMINOS Y CONDICIONES DEL SIGUIENTE ACUERDO DE LICENCIA DEL SOFTWARE. EL USUARIO DEBER LEER ESTE ACUERDO ATENTAMENTE. Garmin Ltd. y sus subsidiarias ("Garmin") conceden al usuario una licencia limitada para utilizar el software incluido en este dispositivo (el "Software") en formato binario ejecutable durante el uso normal del producto. La titularidad, los derechos de propiedad y los derechos de propiedad intelectual del Software seguirn perteneciendo a Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores. El usuario reconoce que el Software es propiedad de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores, y que est protegido por las leyes de propiedad intelectual de Estados Unidos y tratados internacionales de copyright. Tambin reconoce que la estructura, la organizacin y el cdigo del Software, del que no se facilita el cdigo fuente, son secretos comerciales valiosos de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores, y que el Software en su formato de cdigo fuente es un secreto comercial valioso de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores. Por la presente, el usuario se compromete a no descompilar, desmontar, modificar, invertir el montaje, utilizar tcnicas de ingeniera inversa o reducir a un formato legible para las personas el Software o cualquier parte de ste ni crear cualquier producto derivado a partir del Software. Asimismo, se compromete a no exportar ni reexportar el Software a ningn pas que contravenga las leyes de control de las exportaciones de Estados Unidos o de cualquier otro pas aplicable. Informacin sobre datos de mapas Garmin utiliza una serie de fuentes de datos privadas y gubernamentales. Prcticamente todas las fuentes de datos contienen algunos datos inexactos o incompletos. En algunos pases, la informacin completa y precisa de mapas no est disponible o lo est a un precio muy elevado. Garanta limitada Los productos no relacionados con la aviacin estn garantizados frente a defectos de materiales o mano de obra durante un ao a partir de la fecha de compra. En este periodo, Garmin puede, segn su criterio, reparar o sustituir cualquier componente que no funcione correctamente. Estas reparaciones o sustituciones se realizarn sin coste alguno para el cliente en concepto de piezas o mano de obra, siempre y cuando el cliente se haga responsable de los gastos de envo. Esta garanta limitada no se aplica a: (i) los daos estticos, tales como araazos, marcas o abolladuras; (ii) las piezas consumibles, tales como las bateras, a no ser que el dao se haya producido por un defecto de los materiales o de la mano de obra; (iii) los daos provocados por accidentes, uso inadecuado, el agua, inundaciones, fuego, otras causas de fuerza mayor o causas externas; (iv) los daos provocados por reparaciones realizadas por un proveedor de servicio no autorizado por Garmin; (v) los daos ocurridos en productos que hayan sido modificados o alterados sin la autorizacin por escrito de Garmin; o (vi) los daos ocurridos en productos conectados a la fuente de alimentacin y/o cables de datos no suministrados por Garmin. Adems, Garmin se reserva el derecho a rechazar reclamaciones de garanta de productos o servicios obtenidos y/o utilizados en contra de las leyes de cualquier pas. Este producto se ha diseado solamente para proporcionar ayuda durante el viaje y no deber utilizarse con ningn propsito que requiera el clculo preciso de una direccin, distancia, ubicacin o topografa. Garmin no garantiza la precisin ni la integridad de los datos de mapas. Las reparaciones tienen una garanta de 90 das. Si la unidad enviada est cubierta por la garanta original, la nueva garanta es de 90 das o hasta el final del periodo de garanta original de un ao, siendo aplicable el periodo de mayor duracin. Esta garanta limitada tampoco se aplica a, y Garmin no se hace responsable de, la degradacin en el funcionamiento de cualquier producto de navegacin de Garmin que derive de su uso cerca de cualquier dispositivo de mano u otro dispositivo que utilice una red de banda ancha terrestre que funcione con frecuencias prximas a las frecuencias utilizadas por cualquier sistema global de navegacin por satlite (GNSS), como el servicio de posicionamiento global
(GPS). El uso de dichos dispositivos puede impedir la recepcin de seales GNSS. HASTA EL LMITE MXIMO PERMITIDO POR LA LEY EN VIGOR, LAS GARANTAS Y RECURSOS EXPRESADOS EN ESTA GARANTA LIMITADA SON EXCLUSIVOS Y SUSTITUYEN A CUALESQUIERA OTRAS GARANTAS Y RECURSOS, A LAS QUE Garmin RENUNCIA EXPRESAMENTE, YA SEAN EXPRESAS, IMPLCITAS, REGLAMENTARIAS O, POR EL CONTRARIO, INCLUIDAS, ENTRE OTRAS, CUALQUIER GARANTA IMPLCITA DE COMERCIABILIDAD O IDONEIDAD PARA UN FIN DETERMINADO, YA SEAN REGLAMENTARIAS O DE OTRO TIPO. ESTA GARANTA LIMITADA PROPORCIONA DERECHOS LEGALES ESPECFICOS AL USUARIO, QUIEN PODR TENER OTROS DERECHOS LEGALES QUE PUEDEN VARIAR SEGN LA REGIN. SI NO SE PUEDE RENUNCIAR A LAS GARANTAS IMPLCITAS, DICHAS GARANTAS SE LIMITAN A LA DURACIN DE ESTA GARANTA LIMITADA. EN ALGUNOS ESTADOS, NO SE PERMITEN 5 LIMITACIONES DE DURACIN DE LAS GARANTAS IMPLCITAS, POR LO QUE ES POSIBLE QUE LA LIMITACIN ANTREIOR NO SE APLIQUE AL USUARIO. BAJO NINGN CONCEPTO Garmin SE HAR RESPONSABLE POR DAOS IMPREVISTOS, ESPECIALES, INDIRECTOS O EMERGENTES, TANTO SI SON RESULTADO DE LA UTILIZACIN, MALA UTILIZACIN O DESCONOCIMIENTO DEL MANEJO DE ESTE PRODUCTO, COMO SI LO SON POR DEFECTOS EN ESTE. EN ALGUNOS ESTADOS, NO SE PERMITE LA EXCLUSIN DE DAOS IMPREVISTOS O EMERGENTES, POR LO QUE ES POSIBLE QUE LAS LIMITACIONES ANTES MENCIONADAS NO SEAN DE APLICACIN EN EL CASO DEL USUARIO. Garmin se reserva, a su entera discrecin, el derecho exclusivo de reparacin o sustitucin (por un producto nuevo o recin reparado) del dispositivo o del software del mismo, as como el reembolso completo del precio de compra. ESTE RECURSO SER NICO Y EXCLUSIVO EN CASO DE INCUMPLIMIENTO DE LA GARANTA. Para obtener los servicios de garanta, ponte en contacto con el distribuidor local autorizado de Garmin o llama al departamento de asistencia de Garmin para obtener instrucciones para el envo y un nmero de seguimiento RMA. Embala de forma segura el dispositivo e incluye una copia de la factura original (es necesaria como comprobante de compra para las reparaciones bajo garanta). Escribe claramente el nmero de seguimiento en el exterior del paquete. Enva el dispositivo con los gastos de envo prepagados a cualquier estacin de servicio de garanta de Garmin. Compras en subastas en lnea: los productos que se adquieren a travs de subastas en lnea no pueden formar parte de los descuentos u otras ofertas especiales de la cobertura de la garanta de Garmin. No se aceptan las confirmaciones de subasta en lnea como comprobante de garanta. Para recibir asistencia dentro del periodo de garanta, se necesita el original o una copia de la factura del establecimiento de compra original. Garmin no sustituir componentes que falten de cualquier caja que se compre a travs de una subasta en lnea. Ventas internacionales: segn el pas, los distribuidores internacionales pueden ofrecer una garanta por separado para los dispositivos adquiridos fuera de Estados Unidos. Si corresponde, los distribuidores locales de cada pas ofrecen esta garanta y son estos distribuidores los que proporcionan un servicio local para el dispositivo. Las garantas del distribuidor son vlidas solamente en el rea de distribucin proyectada. Los dispositivos comprados en Estados Unidos o Canad deben devolverse al centro de reparaciones autorizado por Garmin en el Reino Unido, Estados Unidos, Canad o Taiwn para su reparacin. Poltica de garanta nutica: determinados productos nuticos de Garmin en reas concretas tienen un periodo de garanta mayor y unos trminos y condiciones adicionales. Visita www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine para obtener ms informacin y ver si tu producto est cubierto por la Poltica de garanta nutica de Garmin. Informaes importantes sobre segurana e o produto ATENO No seguir estes avisos pode resultar em acidente ou coliso, resultando em morte ou ferimentos graves. Avisos de operao martima Voc responsvel pela operao prudente e segura da sua embarcao. Este dispositivo uma ferramenta que aprimorar a operao da sua embarcao. Este dispositivo no o isenta da responsabilidade de operar sua embarcao com segurana. Evite perigos na navegao e nunca deixe o leme sem superviso. Use este dispositivo somente como assistncia navegao. No tente usar o dispositivo para qualquer finalidade que exija medio precisa da direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia. Esteja sempre preparado para retomar o controle da embarcao. Tome cuidado prximo a ameaas e perigos na gua, como cais, estacas e outras embarcaes. Se o dispositivo contar com recursos de navegao, ao navegar, compare as informaes exibidas no dispositivo a todas as demais fontes de navegao disponveis, inclusive informaes de apurao visual, normas e restries de navegao locais e mapas. Por motivo de segurana, sempre resolva quaisquer discrepncias ou dvidas antes de prosseguir com a navegao. Se o dispositivo usar mapas, use o grfico eletrnico no dispositivo somente para facilitar, o uso de grficos autorizados pelo governo, e no para substitu-los. Avisos e grficos oficiais do governo para marinheiros contm todas as informaes necessrias para navegar com segurana. Se o dispositivo apresentar dados sobre a profundidade, esses dados no devem ser usados como o principal meio de evitar colises e encalhes. Leituras de dados complementares sobre profundidade com informaes de grficos impressos e indicadores visuais aplicveis. Sempre operar a embarcao em baixa velocidade caso haja suspeita de guas rasas e objetos submersos. O desrespeito deste aviso poder provocar danos na embarcao ou ferimentos. Se o dispositivo tiver recursos de entrada de vdeo, no tente operar ou assistir ao vdeo enquanto estiver operando ou navegando sua embarcao. Operar ou assistir ao vdeo enquanto a embarcao estiver em movimento pode causar acidentes ou colises que podem resultar em danos materiais, ferimentos graves ou morte. Avisos sobre a bateria O dispositivo utiliza uma bateria interna e no substituvel pelo usurio para diversas finalidades, como o relgio em tempo real. Em caso de descumprimento destas instrues, a vida til das baterias poder diminuir, ou estas podero apresentar o risco de danificar o dispositivo, de incndios, queimaduras qumicas, vazamento de eletrlito e/ou ferimentos. No remova nem tente remover a bateria no substituvel pelo usurio. Entre em contato com seu departamento de tratamento de resduos local para eliminar corretamente o dispositivo/baterias de acordo com as leis e os regulamentos locais vigentes. Aviso sobre danos audio Ouvir ao estreo em volume alto pode causar danos audio. AVISO O dispositivo de navegao pode ter o desempenho degradado se voc us-lo prximo a qualquer dispositivo que use uma rede de banda larga terrestre funcionando prximo s frequncias usadas por quaisquer Dados de posio do sistema de navegao global via satlite (GNSS), como o Global Positioning Service (GPS). O uso dos referidos dispositivos podem prejudicar a recepo de sinais de GNSS. Programas Ambientais do Produto Informaes sobre o programa de reciclagem de produtos da Garmin, sobre WEEE, RoHS, REACH e outros programas de conformidade podem ser consultadas em www.garmin.com
/aboutGarmin/environment. Declarao de Conformidade Por meio da presente, a Garmin declara que este produto est em conformidade com os requisitos essenciais e outras provises relevantes da Diretiva 1999/5/EC. Para conferir a Declarao de Conformidade completa, acesse www.garmin.com/compliance. Informaes de Radiocomunicao Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. 6 Informaes Sobre os Dados do Mapa A Garmin recorre a uma combinao de fontes de dados privadas e governamentais. Praticamente todas as fontes de dados contm alguns dados imprecisos ou incompletos. Em alguns pases, informaes de mapa completas e precisas no esto disponveis ou so extremamente caras. Garantia limitada Os produtos no relacionados aviao tm garantia de ausncia de defeitos de material e fabricao por um ano a partir da data da compra. Durante este perodo, a Garmin reparar ou substituir, exclusivamente a seu prprio critrio, os componentes que no apresentarem o desempenho normal esperado. Tal reparo ou substituio ser feito sem custo para o cliente com relao a peas ou trabalho, desde que o cliente se responsabilize por qualquer custo de transporte. Esta Garantia Limitada no se aplica a: (i) danos externos, tais como riscos, cortes e amassados; (ii) peas consumveis, tais como pilhas, salvo se os danos no produto forem resultado de um defeito de materiais ou de fabrico; (iii) danos resultantes de acidentes, uso excessivo ou incorreto, gua, inundaes, incndios ou outras causas naturais ou externas; (iv) danos causados por reparaes realizadas por qualquer pessoa que no um fornecedor de servios autorizado da Garmin; (v) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido sujeito a modificaes ou alteraes sem a autorizao da Garmin por escrito; ou (vi) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido ligado a cabos de alimentao/dados no fornecidos pela Garmin. Alm disso, a Garmin reserva-se o direito de recusar servios de garantia de produtos ou reparaes obtidos e/ou utilizados em transgresso das leis de qualquer pas. Este produto para ser usado apenas como auxlio em viagens e no deve ser usado para qualquer propsito que necessite de preciso de medida ou direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia.A Garmin no oferece quaisquer garantias quanto exatido ou preciso dos dados do mapa. Os reparos tm uma garantia de 90 dias. Se a unidade enviada ainda estiver coberta pela garantia original, a nova garantia ser de 90 dias ou at ao final da garantia original de 1 ano, dependendo de qual tiver uma durao maior. Esta Garantia Limitada tambm no se aplica a, e a Garmin no responsvel por, qualquer degradao no desempenho de qualquer produto de navegao Garmin resultando do uso prximo a qualquer dispositivo porttil ou outro que utilize uma rede de banda larga terrestre funcionando em frequncias que so prximas s frequncias usadas por quaisquer Dados de posio do sistema de navegao global via satlite (GNSS), como o Global Positioning Service
(GPS). O uso dos referidos dispositivos podem prejudicar a recepo de sinais de GNSS. AT O LIMITE MXIMO PERMITIDO PELA LEI APLICVEL, AS GARANTIAS OS RECURSOS CONTIDOS NESTA GARANTIA LIMITADA SO EXCLUSIVOS E SUBSTITUEM QUALQUER OUTRA GARANTIA, E A Garmin RENUNCIA EXPRESSAMENTE, TODAS AS OUTRAS GARANTIAS E RECURSOS, EXPRESSOS OU IMPLCITOS, ESTATUTRIOS OU, DE OUTRA MANEIRA, INCLUINDO, MAS SEM LIMITAO, QUALQUER OUTRA GARANTIA IMPLCITA DE COMERCIABILIDADE OU ADEQUAO PARA UM DETERMINADO FIM, ESTATUTRIO OU DE OUTRA MANEIRA. ESTA GARANTIA LIMITADA LHE CONCEDE DIREITOS LEGAIS ESPECFICOS, E, TAMBM, OUTROS DIREITOS LEGAIS QUE PODEM VARIAR DE ACORDO COM O ESTADO. SE AS GARANTIAS IMPLCITAS NO PUDEREM SER RENUNCIADAS, AS REFERIDAS GARANTIAS SO LIMITADAS DURANTE O PERODO DE DURAO DESTA GARANTIA LIMITADA. ALGUNS ESTADOS NO PERMITEM LIMITAES SOBRE QUANTO DURA UMA GARANTIA IMPLCITA, PORTANTO, AS RESTRIES ACIMA PODEM NO SE APLICAR A VOC. A Garmin NO SER RESPONSVEL, EM QUAISQUER CIRCUNSTNCIAS, POR DANOS INCIDENTAIS, ESPECIAIS, INDIRETOS OU CONSEQUENTES, CAUSADOS PELA UTILIZAO, M UTILIZAO OU INCAPACIDADE DE UTILIZAR ESTE PRODUTO OU POR DEFEITOS NO MESMO. ALGUNS ESTADOS NO PERMITEM A EXCLUSO DE INDENIZAES INCIDENTAIS OU CONSEQUENCIAIS, PORTANTO, AS RESTRIES ACIMA PODEM NO SE APLICAR A VOC. A Garmin reserva-se o direito exclusivo de reparar ou substituir (por um produto de substituio novo ou renovado) o dispositivo ou software ou oferecer um reembolso total do preo de compra a seu exclusivo critrio. TAL RECURSO CONSTITUIR SEU NICO E EXCLUSIVO RECURSO PARA QUALQUER VIOLAO DE GARANTIA. Para obter servios ao abrigo da garantia, contate seu representante autorizado Garmin ou ligue para a Assistncia ao Produto Garmin e obtenha instrues de envio e um nmero de controle RMA. Embale cuidadosamente o produto e uma cpia da nota original de venda, que necessria como prova de compra para reparos de garantia. Escreva o nmero de rastreamento de forma bem clara e legvel na parte externa do pacote. O dispositivo dever ser enviado a um dos balces de servios de garantia da Garmin (com gastos de envio pr-pagos). Compras em leiles online: os produtos comprados em leiles online no so passveis de abatimento ou outra oferta especial da cobertura de garantia da Garmin. Confirmaes de compra em leiles on-line no so aceitas para verificao da garantia. Para obter o servio de garantia, necessria a nota de venda original, ou uma cpia, do distribuidor original.A Garmin no substitui componentes em falta de qualquer pacote adquirido atravs de leiles online. Compras Internacionais: dependendo do pas, uma garantia separada deve ser oferecida por distribuidores internacionais para dispositivos adquiridos fora dos Estados Unidos. Se aplicvel, essa garantia pode ser providenciada pelo distribuidor local no pas, e esse distribuidor oferecer manuteno local para seu dispositivo. As garantias do distribuidor so vlidas apenas na rea de distribuio pretendida. Os dispositivos adquiridos nos Estados Unidos ou Canad devero ser devolvidos ao centro de servio Garmin no Reino Unido, Estados Unidos, Canad ou Taiwan para manuteno. Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos: determinados produtos nuticos da Garmin em determinadas reas tm um perodo de garantia maior e termos e condies adicionais. Acesse www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine para obter mais detalhes e ver se seu produto est coberto pela Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos Garmin. Belangrijke veiligheids- en productinformatie WAARSCHUWING Als u de volgende waarschuwingen negeert, kan dit leiden tot een ongeval of aanrijding, wat de dood of ernstig letsel tot gevolg kan hebben. Waarschuwing over de bediening voor de watersport U bent verantwoordelijk voor de veilige en voorzichtige besturing van uw vaartuig. Dit toestel is een hulpmiddel waarmee u uw vaartuig beter kunt besturen. Het toestel ontheft u echter niet van uw verantwoordelijkheid om het vaartuig veilig te besturen. Voorkom gevaarlijke navigatie en zorg ervoor dat het roer nooit onbemand is. Gebruik dit toestel uitsluitend als navigatiehulpmiddel. Gebruik het toestel niet voor doeleinden waarbij precieze bepalingen van richting, afstand, locatie of topografie zijn vereist. Wees altijd bereid om snel de besturing van uw vaartuig over te nemen. Wees voorzichtig in de buurt van gevaren op het water, zoals dokken, palen en andere vaartuigen. Als het toestel navigatiemogelijkheden heeft, vergelijkt u de informatie die het toestel weergeeft tijdens het navigeren met alle beschikbare navigatiebronnen, inclusief informatie van visuele waarnemingen, uit lokale voorschriften en beperkingen voor waterwegen, en van kaarten. Los voor uw eigen veiligheid eventuele verschillen of zaken die u zich afvraagt altijd op voor u verdergaat. Als het toestel gebruikmaakt van kaarten, gebruikt u de elektronische kaart in het toestel alleen om het gebruik van door de overheid goedgekeurde kaarten te vergemakkelijken, niet om deze te vervangen. De officile overheidskaarten en -mededelingen voor zeevarenden bevatten alle informatie die nodig is om veilig te kunnen navigeren. Als het toestel dieptegegevens verstrekt, mogen deze niet als primaire informatiebron worden gebruikt om aanvaringen en aan de grond lopen te voorkomen. Vul dieptegegevens van dit product aan met informatie van waterkaarten en visuele aanwijzingen. Vaar altijd met lage snelheid als u ondiep water of obstakels onder water vermoedt. Het niet in acht nemen van deze waarschuwing kan leiden tot schade aan het vaartuig of persoonlijk letsel. Als het toestel over videomogelijkheden beschikt, probeer dan geen video te bedienen of te bekijken terwijl u uw vaartuig bestuurt of navigeert. Het bedienen of bekijken van de video terwijl het vaartuig beweegt kan leiden tot een ongeval of aanvaring en kan beschadiging van eigendommen, ernstige verwondingen of de dood tot gevolg hebben. Batterijwaarschuwingen Het toestel gebruikt een interne batterij die niet door de gebruiker kan worden vervangen voor diverse functies, zoals de real-time klok. Het niet opvolgen van deze richtlijnen kan tot gevolg hebben dat de levensduur van de batterij wordt verkort, of dat het risico ontstaat van schade aan het toestel, brand, chemische ontbranding, elektrolytische lekkage en/of letsel. Verwijder de niet door de gebruiker te vervangen batterij niet en probeer dit ook niet. Neem volgens de plaatselijke regelgeving contact op met de afvalverwerker om het toestel/
batterijen af te danken. Waarschuwing tegen gehoorbeschadiging Luisteren naar de stereo op hoog volume kan uw gehoor beschadigen. LET OP Het navigatietoestel presteert mogelijk minder goed als u het gebruikt in de buurt van een toestel dat gebruikmaakt van een Terrestrial Broadband Network dat werkt op frequenties die dichtbij de frequenties liggen die door een Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), zoals de Global Positioning Service (GPS), worden gebruikt. Het gebruik van dergelijke toestellen kan de ontvangst van GNSS-signalen verstoren. Productmilieuprogramma's Informatie over het hergebruikprogramma van Garmin en informatie over naleving van WEEE, RoHS, REACH en andere programma's vindt u op www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Conformiteitsverklaring Hierbij verklaart Garmin dat dit product voldoet aan de basiseisen en overige relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. De volledige conformiteitsverklaring kunt u lezen op www.garmin.com/compliance. Informatie over de kaartgegevens Garmin gebruikt deels gegevensbronnen van de overheid en deels particuliere gegevensbronnen. Vrijwel alle gegevensbronnen bevatten een bepaalde mate van onnauwkeurigheid. In sommige landen zijn volledige en nauwkeurige kaartgegevens niet beschikbaar of onbetaalbaar. Beperkte garantie Producten die niet voor de luchtvaart zijn bestemd, zijn gegarandeerd vrij van defecten in materiaal en techniek gedurende n jaar na de aankoopdatum. Binnen deze periode zal Garmin alle onderdelen waarvan een normaal gebruik niet mogelijk is, naar eigen keuze repareren of vervangen. Voor dergelijke reparaties of vervangingen zullen aan de klant geen kosten worden gefactureerd voor onderdelen of arbeid, op voorwaarde dat de klant verantwoordelijk blijft voor eventuele transportkosten. Deze Beperkte garantie is niet van toepassing op: (i) Cosmetische schade, zoals krassen, sneden en deuken; (ii) verbruiksgoederen, zoals batterijen, tenzij productschade het gevolg is van defect materiaal of ondeugdelijk vakmanschap; (iii) schade als gevolg van ongelukken, misbruik, verkeerd gebruik, water, overstroming, brand of andere natuurrampen of externe oorzaken; (iv) schade als gevolg van onderhoud uitgevoerd door personen die niet door Garmin bevoegd zijn verklaard tot het uitvoeren van onderhoud; (v) schade aan een product dat is veranderd zonder de schriftelijke toestemming van Garmin; of (vi) schade aan een product dat is aangesloten op voeding en/of gegevenskabels die niet door Garmin zijn meegeleverd. Bovendien behoudt Garmin zich het recht voor garantieclaims af te wijzen voor producten of diensten die zijn verkregen en/of gebruikt in strijd met de wetten van een land. Dit product is uitsluitend bestemd voor gebruik als hulp bij het reizen en mag niet worden gebruikt voor doeleinden waarbij precieze metingen van richting, afstand, locatie of topografie vereist zijn. Garmin geeft geen enkele garantie op de nauwkeurigheid of volledigheid van de kaartgegevens. Er is 90 dagen garantie op reparaties. Als het toestel ter reparatie wordt opgestuurd tijdens de originele garantieperiode, duurt de nieuwe garantieperiode 90 dagen of tot het einde van de originele garantieperiode van 1 jaar, naargelang welke periode het langst duurt. Deze Beperkte garantie is eveneens niet van toepassing op, en Garmin is niet aansprakelijk wegens, verslechtering van de prestaties van een Garmin navigatieproduct als gevolg van het gebruik ervan in de buurt van een handset of ander toestel dat gebruikmaakt van een Terrestrial Broadband Network dat werkt op frequenties die dicht bij de frequenties liggen die door een Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), zoals de Global Positioning Service (GPS), worden gebruikt. Het gebruik van dergelijke toestellen kan de ontvangst van GNSS-signalen verstoren. VOOR ZOVER TOEGESTAAN VOLGENS TOEPASSELIJK RECHT, ZIJN DE HIERIN VERVATTE GARANTIES EN VERHAALSMOGELIJKHEDEN EXCLUSIEF EN TREDEN DEZE IN DE PLAATS VAN ALLE OVERIGE GARANTIES EN VERHAALSMOGELIJKHEDEN, EXPLICIET, IMPLICIET, WETTELIJK OF ANDERSZINS, EN WIJST Garmin DERGELIJKE OVERIGE GARANTIES EN VERHAALSMOGELIJKHEDEN UITDRUKKELIJK AF, MET INBEGRIP VAN, DOCH NIET BEPERKT TOT, IMPLICIETE GARANTIES VAN VERKOOPBAARHEID OF GESCHIKTHEID VOOR EEN BEPAALD DOEL, WETTELIJK VERHAALSRECHT OF ANDERSZINS. DEZE BEPERKTE GARANTIE VERLEENT U SPECIFIEKE WETTELIJKE RECHTEN EN U HEBT MOGELIJK ANDERE WETTELIJKE RECHTEN DIE VAN STAAT TOT STAAT KUNNEN VERSCHILLEN. ALS IMPLICIETE GARANTIES NIET KUNNEN WORDEN AFGEWEZEN, ZIJN DERGELIJKE GARANTIES WAT BETREFT DUUR BEPERKT TOT DE DUUR VAN DEZE BEPERKTE GARANTIE. IN SOMMIGE STATEN IS BEPERKING VAN DE DUUR VAN EEN IMPLICIETE GARANTIE NIET TOEGESTAAN, ZODAT DE BOVENGENOEMDE BEPERKING OP U MOGELIJK NIET VAN TOEPASSING IS. IN GEEN ENKEL GEVAL ZAL Garmin AANSPRAKELIJK ZIJN VOOR ENIGE INCIDENTELE, SPECIALE, INDIRECTE OF GEVOLGSCHADE, OF DEZE NU HET RESULTAAT IS VAN HET GEBRUIK, MISBRUIK OF ONVERMOGEN OM DIT PRODUCT TE GEBRUIKEN, OF VAN EEN DEFECT VAN HET PRODUCT. IN BEPAALDE STATEN IS DE UITSLUITING VAN INCIDENTELE OF GEVOLGSCHADE NIET TOEGESTAAN. DE BOVENSTAANDE BEPERKINGEN ZIJN MOGELIJK NIET OP U VAN TOEPASSING. Garmin behoudt het exclusieve recht om naar eigen keuze het toestel of de software te repareren, of vervangen (door een nieuw of gereviseerd vervangend product) of een volledige teruggave van de aankoopprijs te bieden. EEN DERGELIJKE VERHAALMOGELIJKHEID ZAL UW ENIGE EN EXCLUSIEVE VERHAALMOGELIJKHEID ZIJN INDIEN DE GARANTIE NIET WORDT GERESPECTEERD. Neem contact op met een gecertificeerde Garmin dealer voor garantieservices, of neem telefonisch contact op met Garmin Productondersteuning voor verzendinstructies en een RMA-
trackingnummer. Verpak het toestel deugdelijk en voeg een kopie van de oorspronkelijke verkoopnota bij als aankoopbewijs voor reparaties die onder de garantie vallen. Vermeld het trackingnummer duidelijk op de buitenkant van de verpakking. Verzend het toestel naar een garantieservicestation van Garmin. De vrachtkosten moeten vooruit zijn betaald. Aankopen via onlineveilingen: Producten die zijn aangekocht via onlineveilingen komen volgens de garantie niet in aanmerking voor kortingen en andere aanbiedingen van Garmin. Aankoopbevestigingen van onlineveilingen worden niet geaccepteerd als garantiebewijs. Om gebruik te kunnen maken van de garantieservice, is de oorspronkelijke of een kopie van de aankoopnota vereist van de winkel waar u het systeem hebt gekocht. Garmin vervangt geen onderdelen van pakketten die zijn aangeschaft via een onlineveiling. Internationale aankopen: Distributeurs buiten de Verenigde Staten verstrekken mogelijk een aparte garantie voor toestellen die buiten de Verenigde Staten zijn aangeschaft. Dit kan per land verschillen. Indien van toepassing wordt deze garantie verstrekt door de lokale binnenlandse distributeur die ook lokaal service voor het toestel verleent. Garanties door distributeurs zijn alleen geldig in het gebied waarvoor de distributie is bedoeld. Toestellen die zijn gekocht in de Verenigde Staten of Canada moeten voor service worden geretourneerd naar het servicekantoor van Garmin in het Verenigd Koninkrijk, de Verenigde Staten, Canada of Taiwan. Watersportgarantiebeleid: Bepaalde watersportproducten van Garmin hebben in bepaalde regio's een langere garantieperiode en aanvullende voorwaarden. Ga naar www.garmin.com
/support/warranty_marine voor meer informatie en om na te gaan of uw product onder het Watersportgarantiebeleid van Garmin valt. Vigtige produkt- og sikkerhedsinformationer ADVARSEL Hvis de flgende advarsler ignoreres, kan det resultere i ulykker eller sammenstd med dd eller alvorlige personskader til flge. Advarsler for marine betjening Du er ansvarlig for sikker og forsigtig betjening af dit fartj. Enheden er et vrktj, der forger dine muligheder for at betjene dit fartj. Enheden fritager dig ikke for ansvaret for sikker betjening af dit fartj. Undg navigationsmssige farer, og lad aldrig manvrepulten vre ubemandet. Brug kun denne enhed som en navigationshjlp. Brug ikke enheden til forml, der krver prcise mlinger af retning, afstand, position eller topografi. Vr altid parat til omgende at overtage styringen af fartjet. Udvis forsigtighed i nrheden af farer i vandet som f.eks. kajer, ple og andre fartjer. Hvis enheden har navigationsegenskaber, br du, nr du navigerer, omhyggeligt sammenholde de oplysninger, der vises p enheden, med alle tilgngelige navigationskilder, bl.a. oplysninger fra synsindtryk, lokale regler for vandveje og kort. Du skal for sikkerhedens skyld altid lse evt. uoverensstemmelser eller sprgsml, fr du fortstter navigationen. Hvis enheden anvender kort, br du kun bruge det elektroniske kort i enheden til at lette brugen af autoriserede kort, ikke til at erstatte dem. Officielle kort og oplysninger til sfarten indeholder alle de oplysninger, der er ndvendige for sikker navigation. Dybdedata fra dette produkt, hvis sdanne er tilgngelige, m ikke bruges som primr metode til at undg grundstdning eller kollision. Suppler dybdedata-aflsninger med information fra relevante papirkort og visuelle indtryk. Styr altid fartjet ved lav hastighed, hvis du har mistanke om lavt vand eller undervandsobjekter. Hvis denne advarsel overses, kan det medfre beskadigelse af fartjet eller personskader. Hvis enheden har mulighed for videoindgang, m du ikke forsge at betjene eller se video, mens du betjener eller navigerer fartjet. Hvis du betjener eller ser video, mens fartjet er i bevgelse, kan det forrsage ulykker eller sammenstd med materiel skade, alvorlig personskade eller dd til flge. Batteriadvarsler Enheden bruger et indbygget batteri, der ikke kan udskiftes af brugeren, til forskellige forml som f.eks. realtidsuret. Hvis disse retningslinjer ikke overholdes, kan batterierne f en kortere levetid eller forrsage beskadigelse af enheden, brand, kemisk forbrnding, elektrolytlkage og/eller personskade. Du m ikke fjerne eller forsge at fjerne batteriet, der ikke kan udskiftes af brugeren. Kontakt din lokale genbrugsstation for at f oplysninger om korrekt bortskaffelse af enheden/
batteriet i overensstemmelse med gldende love og regulativer. Advarsel om hreskade Hvis du lytter til stereoanlgget ved hj lydstyrke, risikerer du at beskadige din hrelse. BEMRK Navigationsenhedens performance kan forringes, hvis du bruger den i nrheden af en enhed, der anvender et terrestrisk bredbndsnetvrk, som opererer i nrheden af de frekvenser, der anvendes af et GNSS-system (Global Navigation Satellite System), for eksempel GPS-tjenesten
(Global Positioning Service). Brug af sdanne enheder kan forringe modtagelsen af GNSS-
signaler. Miljvenlige produktprogrammer Oplysninger om Garmin produktgenanvendelsesprogrammet og WEEE, RoHS, REACH og andre overvgningsprogrammer kan findes p www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Overensstemmelseserklring Garmin erklrer hermed, at dette produkt overholder de essentielle krav og andre relevante dele af direktivet 1999/5/EC. Hvis du vil se hele overensstemmelseserklringen, skal du g til www.garmin.com/compliance. Information om kortdata Garmin anvender en kombination af officielle og private datakilder. Nsten alle datakilder indeholder nogle unjagtige eller ufuldstndige data. I visse lande er fuldstndig og njagtig kortinformation enten ikke tilgngelig, eller den er uforholdsmssigt dyr. Begrnset garanti Produkter, der ikke er flyverelaterede, garanteres at vre fri for fejl og mangler i materialer og udfrelse i t r fra kbsdatoen. I denne periode vil Garmin efter eget valg reparere eller udskifte alle komponenter, der ikke fungerer ved normal brug. Sdanne reparationer eller udskiftninger foretages uden beregning for kunden, hvad angr reservedele og arbejdsln, mens kunden er ansvarlig for eventuelle transportomkostninger. Denne begrnsede garanti dkker ikke: (i) kosmetiske skader som f.eks. ridser, skrammer og buler; (ii) forbrugsartikler som f.eks. batterier, medmindre der er opstet produktskader pga. en defekt i materialer eller udfrelse; (iii) skader forrsaget af ulykker, forkert brug, misbrug, vand, oversvmmelse, brand eller andre naturkatastrofer eller udefra kommende rsager; (iv) skader pga. service, der er udfrt af en person, som ikke er en autoriseret serviceudbyder for Garmin; (v) skader p et produkt, som er blevet modificeret eller ndret uden skriftlig tilladelse fra Garmin; eller (vi) skader p et produkt, som er blevet sluttet til strm- og/eller datakabler, der ikke kommer fra Garmin. Garmin forbeholder sig desuden ret til at afvise garantikrav angende produkter eller tjenester, der erhverves og/eller bruges i modstrid med lovgivningen i noget land. Dette produkt er beregnet til kun at blive brugt som et rejsehjlpemiddel og m ikke anvendes til noget forml, som krver njagtig mling af retning, afstand, position eller topografi. Garmin udsteder ingen garanti for, at kortdataene er njagtige eller komplette. Reparationer har en garantiperiode p 90 dage. Hvis den oprindelige garanti for den enhed, der sendes ind, stadig glder, er den nye garantiperiode p 90 dage eller til slutningen af den oprindelige 1-rige garantiperiode - den lngste af disse perioder er gldende. Denne begrnsede garanti glder desuden ikke for, og Garmin ptager sig ikke ansvar for, eventuel forringelse i performance af Garmin navigationsprodukter, der skyldes brug i nrheden af et hndst eller en anden enhed, der anvender et terrestrisk bredbndsnetvrk, som opererer p frekvenser i nrheden af dem, der anvendes af et GNSS-system (Global Navigation Satellite System) som f.eks. GPS-tjenesten (Global Positioning Service). Brug af sdanne enheder kan forringe modtagelsen af GNSS-signaler. I DEN UDSTRKNING, DET ER MULIGT I HENHOLD TIL GLDENDE LOV, ER GARANTIERNE OG MISLIGHOLDELSESBEFJELSERNE I DENNE BEGRNSEDE 7 GARANTI UDTMMENDE OG TRDER I STEDET FOR, OG Garmin FRASKRIVER SIG UDTRYKKELIGT, ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER OG MISLIGHOLDELSESBEFJELSER, UANSET OM DE ER UDTRYKKELIGE, STILTIENDE, FORORDNEDE ELLER OPSTR P ANDEN VIS, HERUNDER, MEN IKKE BEGRNSET TIL, ENHVER UNDERFORSTET GARANTI FOR, AT PRODUKTET ER KURANT ELLER EGNET TIL SRLIGE FORML, LOVMSSIGE MISLIGHOLDELSESBEFJELSER ELLER ANDET. DENNE BEGRNSEDE GARANTI GIVER DIG BESTEMTE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, OG DU KAN HAVE ANDRE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, SOM VARIERER FRA LAND TIL LAND. HVIS UNDERFORSTEDE GARANTIER IKKE KAN FRASKRIVES, ER VARIGHEDEN AF SDANNE GARANTIER BEGRNSET TIL VARIGHEDEN AF DENNE BEGRNSEDE GARANTI. NOGLE LANDE TILLADER IKKE BEGRNSNING I VARIGHEDEN AF EN UNDERFORSTET GARANTI, HVORFOR OVENSTENDE BEGRNSNING MULIGVIS IKKE GLDER FOR DIG. UNDER INGEN OMSTNDIGHEDER ER Garmin ANSVARLIG FOR NOGEN EKSTRASKADER, SRLIGE SKADER, INDIREKTE SKADER ELLER FLGESKADER, HVAD ENTEN DE SKYLDES BRUG, MISBRUG ELLER MANGLENDE EVNE TIL BRUG AF DETTE PRODUKT ELLER FEJL OG MANGLER VED PRODUKTET. NOGLE LANDE TILLADER IKKE UDELUKKELSE AF ANSVAR FOR INDIREKTE TAB ELLER FLGESKADER, S OVENSTENDE BEGRNSNINGER GLDER MULIGVIS IKKE FOR DIG. Garmin forbeholder sig den fulde ret til efter eget skn at reparere eller udskifte enheden eller softwaren (med et nyt eller nyligt grundigt efterset erstatningsprodukt) eller tilbyde fuld refundering af kbsprisen. DEN VALGTE LSNING ER DIN ENESTE LSNING P ETHVERT BRUD P GARANTIEN. Kontakt den lokale autoriserede Garmin forhandler for at f garantiservice, eller ring til Garmin produktsupport for forsendelsesinstruktioner og et RMA-registreringsnummer. Pak enheden sikkert ind, og vedlg en kopi af den originale faktura, der krves som bevis for kbet, med henblik p reparation i henhold til garantien. Skriv registreringsnummeret tydeligt uden p pakken. Enheden skal sendes med forudbetalt fragt til en Garmin garantiservicestation. Kb fra onlineauktioner: Produkter, som er kbt gennem onlineauktioner, berettiger ikke til rabatter eller andre srtilbud fra Garmin garantidkning. Onlineauktionsbekrftelser accepteres ikke som bevis p krav om garanti. Der krves en original faktura fra forhandleren
(eller en kopi af den) for at f garantiservice. Garmin vil ikke erstatte manglende dele fra en pakke, der er kbt p en onlineauktion. Internationale kb: Der udstedes muligvis en separat garanti af internationale forhandlere for enheder, som er kbt uden for USA afhngigt af landet. Hvis en sdan garanti findes, gives den af den lokale forhandler i landet, og denne forhandler yder lokal service til din enhed. Forhandlergarantier glder kun i de tilsigtede distributionsomrder. Enheder, som er kbt i USA eller Canada, skal returneres til et Garmin servicecenter i Storbritannien, USA, Canada eller Taiwan for service. Marine Garantipolitik: Visse Garmin Marineprodukter i visse omrder har en lngere garantiperiode og ekstra vilkr og betingelser. G til www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine for at f yderligere oplysninger og for at se, om dit produkt er omfattet af Garmin Marine Garantipolitik. Trkeit turvallisuus- ja tuotetietoja VAROITUS Seuraavien varoitusten laiminlynti voi aiheuttaa onnettomuuden tai trmyksen, joka voi johtaa kuolemaan tai vakavaan loukkaantumiseen. Veneilykytn varoitukset Olet vastuussa aluksen turvallisesta ja jrkevst kytst. Tm laite on tykalu, joka tehostaa aluksen kytt. Laite ei poista vastuutasi aluksen turvallisesta kytst. Vlt navigoinnin vaaratilanteet lk jt ruoria ilman valvontaa. Laite on tarkoitettu ainoastaan navigoinnin avuksi. l yrit kytt laitetta mihinkn kytttarkoitukseen, joka edellytt tarkkaa suunnan, etisyyden, paikan tai topografian mittausta. Ole aina valmiina vaihtamaan manuaaliseen ohjaukseen. Ole varovainen, kun vedess on esteit, kuten laitureita, paalutuksia ja muita aluksia. Jos laitteessa on navigointiominaisuus, vertaa laitteen antamia tietoja navigoinnin aikana kaikkiin muihin mahdollisiin navigointikeinoihin, kuten visuaaliset kohteet, paikalliset vesitiesnnt ja kartat. Turvallisuussyist kaikki eroavuudet ja epselvyydet on selvitettv ennen navigoinnin jatkamista. Jos laite kytt karttoja, kyt laitteen shkist karttaa ainoastaan valtionjohdon virallisten karttojen apuna, ei korvikkeena. Viralliset kartat ja ilmoitukset merenkulkijoille sisltvt kaikki turvalliseen navigointiin tarvittavat tiedot. Jos laite antaa syvyystietoja, niit ei saa kytt ensisijaisena pohjakosketuksen tai trmyksen estmistapana. Tydenn syvyystietolukemia asianmukaisten paperikarttojen ja visuaalisten merkkien tiedoilla. Etene aina hitaalla nopeudella, jos epilet edess olevan matalaa vett tai vedenalaisia kohteita. Tmn varoituksen laiminlyminen voi aiheuttaa aluksen vioittumisen tai henkilvahingon. Jos laitteessa on videotulo-ominaisuus, l yrit kytt tai katsoa videokuvaa, kun ohjaat alusta. Videokuvan kyttminen tai katsominen aluksen ollessa liikkeess saattaa aiheuttaa onnettomuuden tai trmyksen, joka puolestaan voi vaurioittaa omaisuutta tai aiheuttaa vakavan loukkaantumisen tai kuoleman. Akkuvaroitukset Laite kytt sisist akkua, jota kyttj ei voi vaihtaa, moniin kytttarkoituksiin, kuten reaaliaikakelloon. Jos nit ohjeita ei noudateta, akun kyttik saattaa lyhenty, tai akku saattaa vahingoittaa laitetta tai aiheuttaa tulipalon, palovammoja, akkunestevuodon ja/tai fyysisi vammoja. l poista tai yrit poistaa akkua, joka ei ole kyttjn vaihdettavissa. Hvit laite/akut/paristot paikallisten jtehuoltomrysten mukaisesti. Kuulovauriovaroitus Stereoiden kuuntelu suurella nenvoimakkuudella voi vahingoittaa kuuloasi. HUOMAUTUS Navigointilaitteen suorituskyky saattaa heiket, jos laitetta kytetn lhell laitteita, joiden kyttmt maanpllisen laajakaistaverkon taajuudet ovat lhell taajuuksia, joita kytetn maailmanlaajuisissa navigointijrjestelmiss (Global Navigation Satellite System, GNSS), kuten GPS (Global Positioning Service) -jrjestelmss. Niden laitteiden kytt saattaa heikent GNSS-signaalien vastaanottoa. Tuotteiden ympristohjelmat Tietoja yhtin Garmin tuotteiden kierrtysohjelmasta sek WEEE-, RoHS-, REACH-ohjelmista ja muista ohjelmista on osoitteessa www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus Garmin vakuuttaa tten, ett tm tuote on direktiivin 1999/5/EY olennaisten vaatimusten ja muiden mrysten mukainen. Katso koko vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus osoitteesta www.garmin.com/compliance. Tietoa karttatiedoista Garmin kytt sek julkishallinnon ett yksityisi tietolhteit. Lhes kaikissa tietolhteiss on joitakin vri tai puutteellisia tietoja. Joistakin maista ei ole saatavissa tydellisi ja tarkkoja karttatietoja, tai ne ovat erittin kalliita. 8 Rajoitettu takuu Muilla kuin ilmailutuotteilla on vuoden materiaalin ja tyn virheettmyystakuu ostopivst alkaen. Tmn jakson aikana Garmin valintansa mukaan joko korjaa tai vaihtaa osat, jotka vioittuvat normaalissa kytss. Nm korjaukset ja vaihdot ovat asiakkaalle maksuttomia osien ja tyn osalta. Asiakas on vastuussa kuljetuskuluista. Tm rajoitettu takuu ei koske (i) kosmeettisia vaurioita, kuten naarmut, kolhut ja lommot, (ii) kuluvia osia, kuten akut, ellei vaurio ole aiheutunut materiaali- tai valmistusviasta, (iii) vahinkoja, jotka aiheutuvat onnettomuudesta, vrinkytst, virheellisest kytst tai veden, tulvan, tulen tai muun luonnonilmin aiheuttamista vaurioista, (iv) vaurioita, jotka aiheutuvat muun kuin valtuutetun Garmin huoltohenkiln tekemist huoltotoimenpiteist, (v) ilman yhtin Garmin kirjallista lupaa muokattuun tai muutettuun tuotteeseen aiheutuneita vaurioita tai (vi) muilla kuin yhtin Garmin toimittamilla virta- ja/tai datakaapeleilla liitetyn laitteen vaurioita. Lisksi Garmin pidtt oikeuden hylt takuuvaatimukset sellaisten tuotteiden tai palveluiden kohdalla, jotka on hankittu ja/tai joita on kytetty mink tahansa valtion lakien vastaisesti. Tm tuote on tarkoitettu kytettvksi vain matkustamisen apuna eik sit tule kytt mihinkn sellaiseen tarkoitukseen, joka edellytt tarkkaa suunnan, etisyyden, sijainnin tai topografian mittausta. Garmin ei takaa karttatietojen tarkkuutta tai kattavuutta. Korjauksilla on 90 pivn takuu. Jos laitteen alkuperinen takuu on viel voimassa, uusi takuu kest 90 piv tai alkuperisen yhden vuoden takuun loppuun sen mukaan, kumpaan on enemmn aikaa. Lisksi tm rajoitettu takuu ei kata eik Garmin korvaa Garmin navigointituotteiden suorituskyvyn heikkenemist, joka johtuu siit, ett tuotetta on kytetty lhell matkapuhelinta tai muuta laitetta, jonka kyttmt maanpllisen laajakaistaverkon taajuudet ovat lhell taajuuksia, joita kytetn maailmanlaajuisissa navigointisatelliittijrjestelmiss (GNSS, Global Navigation Satellite System), kuten GPS (Global Positioning Service) -jrjestelmss. Niden laitteiden kytt saattaa heikent GNSS-signaalien vastaanottoa. SIIN MRIN KUIN SOVELTUVA LAKI ENIMMILLN SALLII, TSS RAJOITETUSSA TAKUUSSA ESITETYT TAKUUT JA HYVITYKSET OVAT POISSULKEVIA JA NE KORVAAVAT, JA Garmin NIMENOMAISESTI KIELT, KAIKKI MUUT NIMENOMAISET, OLETETUT, LAKISTEISET JA MUUT TAKUUT JA HYVITYKSET, MUKAAN LUKIEN MUUN MUASSA OLETETUT TAKUUT MYYNTIKELPOISUUDESTA TAI SOPIVUUDESTA TIETTYYN TARKOITUKSEEN SEK LAKISTEISET HYVITYKSET. TM TAKUU ANTAA KYTTJLLE TIETTYJ LAIN MUKAISIA OIKEUKSIA, JOIDEN LISKSI KYTTJLL SAATTAA OLLA MUITA OIKEUKSIA, JOTKA VAIHTELEVAT OSAVALTIOITTAIN JA MAITTAIN. JOS SANOUTUMINEN IRTI OLETETUISTA TAKUISTA EI OLE MAHDOLLISTA, KYSEISTEN TAKUIDEN KESTO RAJOITTUU TMN RAJOITETUN TAKUUN KESTOON. TIETYILL LAINKYTTALUEILLA EI SALLITA EPSUORIEN TAKUIDEN KESTON RAJOITTAMISTA, JOTEN EDELL MAINITTU RAJOITUS EI EHK KOSKE KAIKKIA KYTTJI. Garmin EI OLE MISSN TILANTEESSA VASTUUSSA VLILLISIST, ERITYISIST, EPSUORISTA TAI SEURANNAISISTA VAHINGOISTA, RIIPPUMATTA SIIT, JOHTUVATKO NE TUOTTEEN VRINKYTST, VIRHEELLISEST KYTST, TAITAMATTOMASTA KYTST VAI TUOTTEEN PUUTTEISTA. JOTKIN VALTIOT EIVT SALLI VLILLISTEN TAI SEURANNAISTEN VAHINKOJEN POIS RAJAAMISTA TAI RAJOITTAMISTA, JOTEN YLL OLEVAT RAJOITUKSET EIVT EHK KOSKE KAIKKIA KYTTJI. Garmin pidtt yksinomaisen oikeuden korjata tai vaihtaa laitteen tai ohjelmiston (uuteen tai huollettuun korvaavaan tuotteeseen) tai palauttaa ostohinnan kokonaisuudessaan yksinomaisen harkintansa mukaisesti. TM HYVITYS ON AINOA KYTTJN SAAMA HYVITYS TAKUURIKKOMUKSESTA. Saat takuuhuoltoa ottamalla yhteyden paikalliseen yhtin Garmin valtuutettuun myyjn tai pyytmll lhetysohjeet ja RMA-seurantanumeron yhtin Garmin puhelintuesta. Pakkaa laite ja alkuperisen ostokuitin kopio huolellisesti. Kuitti tarvitaan ostotodistukseksi takuukorjauksia varten. Kirjoita seurantanumero selkesti paketin ulkopintaan. Lhet laite rahtikulut maksettuina mihin tahansa yhtin Garmin takuuhuoltokeskukseen. Verkkohuutokauppaostokset: verkkohuutokaupoista ostetut tuotteet eivt ole ostohyvitysten tai muiden yhtin Garmin takuiden erikoistarjousten piiriss. Verkkohuutokauppojen vahvistukset eivt ky takuukuitista. Takuupalvelun saamisen ehtona on vhittismyyjlt saatu alkuperinen ostokuitti tai sen kopio. Garmin ei korvaa verkkohuutokaupasta hankituista pakkauksista puuttuvia osia. Kansainvliset ostot: Yhdysvaltain ulkopuolella kansainvlisilt jlleenmyyjilt ostettuja jrjestelmi varten voi maan mukaan olla erillinen takuu. Mahdollisen takuun mynt paikallinen maakohtainen jakelija, joka tarjoaa paikallista huoltoa laitteelle. Jakelijan takuut ovat voimassa ainoastaan tarkoitetulla jakelualueella. Yhdysvalloissa tai Kanadassa ostetut laitteet on palautettava yhtin Garmin huoltokeskukseen Isossa-Britanniassa, Yhdysvalloissa, Kanadassa tai Taiwanissa. Veneilytuotteiden takuukytnt: Tietyill yhtin Garmin veneilytuotteilla on tavallista pitempi takuuaika tietyill alueilla, ja tllin kytss on mys liskyttehtoja. Tarkista osoitteesta www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine, onko tuotteesi yhtin Garmin veneilytuotteiden takuukytnnn piiriss. Viktig sikkerhets- og produktinformasjon ADVARSEL Hvis du ikke tar hensyn til flgende advarsler, kan det fre til ulykke eller kollisjon med ddsfall eller alvorlig personskade som flge. Advarsler om bruk p sjen Du er ansvarlig for sikker og forsvarlig betjening av fartyet. Denne enheten er et verkty som forbedrer betjeningen av fartyet. Denne enheten unntar deg ikke ansvaret for styre fartyet p en trygg og sikker mte. Unng navigasjonsfarer, og la aldri roret st ubemannet. Bruk denne enheten utelukkende som navigeringshjelp. Ikke bruk enheten til andre forml som krever nyaktig mling av retning, avstand, beliggenhet eller topografi. Vr alltid klar til ta kontroll over fartyet. Vr forsiktig i nrheten av farer i vannet, for eksempel brygger, pleverk og andre farty. Hvis enheten har muligheter for navigasjon, m du sammenligne informasjon som vises p enheten, nye med alle tilgjengelige navigasjonskilder, inkludert informasjon fra egne observasjoner, lokale bestemmelser og begrensninger for vannveier og kart under navigasjonen. Av sikkerhetsgrunner m du alltid finne ut av avvik eller sprsml du har, fr du fortsetter navigere. Hvis enheten bruker kart, skal det elektroniske kartet p enheten bare brukes som et hjelpemiddel. Det skal ikke erstatte bruk av offentlig autoriserte kart. Offentlig autoriserte kart og meldinger inneholder all ndvendig informasjon for trygg navigering. Hvis enheten gir dybdedata, skal du ikke bruke disse dataene som hovedhjelpemiddel for forhindre grunnstting eller kollisjon. Supplementer dybdedataavlesningene med informasjon fra relevante papirkart og visuelle indikatorer. La alltid fartyet holde lav hastighet hvis du tror at vannet kan vre grunt, eller at det kan vre gjenstander under vann. Hvis du ikke tar hensyn til denne advarselen, kan det fre til skade p fartyet eller personskade. Hvis enheten har videoinnganger, m du ikke betjene eller se p video samtidig som du betjener eller navigerer fartyet. Hvis du betjener eller ser p video mens fartyet er i bevegelse, kan det forrsake en ulykke eller kollisjon som frer til skader p eiendeler, alvorlige personskader eller ddsfall. Batteriadvarsler Enheten bruker et internt batteri som ikke skal byttes ut av bruker, til forskjellige forml, for eksempel sanntidsklokken. Hvis disse retningslinjene ikke overholdes, kan levetiden til batteriene bli forkortet, eller det kan oppst fare for skade p enheten, brann, kjemiske brannsr, elektrolyttlekkasje og/eller personskader. Kontakt den lokale avfallsstasjonen for kassere enheten/batteriene i henhold til lokale lover Ikke ta ut eller prv ta ut batteriet. Det skal ikke byttes ut av bruker. og regler. Advarsel om hrselsskader Hvis du har for hyt volum p stereoanlegget, kan du f hrselsskader. LES DETTE Hvis du bruker navigasjonsenheten i nrheten av en enhet som bruker et bakkebundet bredbndnettverk med driftsfrekvenser som likner frekvensene til globale navigasjonssatellittsystemer (GNSS), for eksempel Global Positioning Service (GPS), kan du oppleve at navigasjonsenheten har redusert ytelse. Bruken av slike enheter kan pvirke mottaket av GNSS-signaler. Miljprogrammer for produkter Du finner mer informasjon om produktresirkuleringsprogrammet til Garmin samt WEEE, RoHS, REACH og andre samsvarsprogrammer p www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Samsvarserklring Herved erklrer Garmin at dette produktet samsvarer med hovedkravene og andre relevante bestemmelser i direktivet 1999/5/EF. Du finner hele samsvarserklringen p www.garmin.com
/compliance. Kartdatainformasjon Garmin bruker en kombinasjon av offentlige og private datakilder. S si alle datakilder inneholder noen uriktige eller ufullstendige data. I noen land er fullstendig og nyaktig kartinformasjon enten ikke tilgjengelig eller uforholdsmessig dyr. Begrenset garanti Produkter som ikke har med flyteknikk gjre, garanteres vre feilfrie med hensyn til materiell og utfrelse i ett r fra kjpsdatoen. I denne perioden vil Garmin, etter eget valg, reparere eller skifte ut enhver komponent som ikke fungerer ved normal bruk. Slike reparasjoner eller utskiftinger utfres kostnadsfritt for kunden, bde nr det gjelder deler og arbeid, forutsatt at kunden selv dekker eventuelle transportkostnader. Denne begrensede garantien gjelder ikke: (i) kosmetiske skader, for eksempel riper, hakk og bulker; (ii) forbruksdeler, for eksempel batterier, med mindre produktet har blitt skadet p grunn av en defekt i materialet eller utfrelsen; (iii) skade som skyldes uhell, misbruk, feil bruk, vann, flom, brann eller andre naturhendelser eller eksterne rsaker; (iv) skade som skyldes service som er utfrt av personer som ikke er autoriserte serviceleverandrer for Garmin; eller (v) skade p et produkt som har blitt endret uten skriftlig tillatelse fra Garmin, eller (vi) skade p et produkt som er koblet til strm- og/eller datakabler fra andre leverandrer enn Garmin. I tillegg forbeholder Garmin seg retten til nekte garantikrav mot produkter eller tjenester som er innhentet og/eller som brukes i strid med lovene i et hvilket som helst land. Dette produktet er bare beregnet p brukes som en reisehjelp og skal ikke brukes til eventuelle forml som krever nyaktig mling av retning, distanse, posisjon eller topografi. Garmin gir ingen garantier for nyaktigheten eller fullstendigheten til kartdataene. Reparasjoner har en garanti p 90 dager. Hvis enheten som sendes inn, fortsatt er dekket av den opprinnelige garantien, gjelder den nye garantien i 90 dager eller til den opprinnelige garantien p ett r utlper, avhengig av hvilken av dem som varer lengst. Denne begrensede garantien gjelder ikke, og Garmin er ikke ansvarlig for, redusert ytelse p Garmin navigasjonsprodukter som flge av bruk i nrheten av hndsett eller andre enheter som bruker bakkebundne nettverk med driftsfrekvenser som likner frekvenser som brukes av globale navigasjonssatellittsystemer for navigering (GNSS), for eksempel Global Positioning Service
(GPS). Bruken av slike enheter kan pvirke mottaket av GNSS-signaler. I DEN GRAD DET ER TILLATT AV GJELDENDE LOV, ER GARANTIENE OG RETTSMIDLENE SOM BESKRIVES I DENNE BEGRENSEDE GARANTIEN EKSKLUSIVE, OG ERSTATTER ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER OG RETTSMIDLER, OG Garmin FRASKRIVER SEG UTTRYKKELIG ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER OG RETTSMIDLER, ENTEN DE ER UTTRYKTE, UNDERFORSTTTE, LOVPLAGTE ELLER ANNET, INKLUDERT, MEN IKKE BEGRENSET TIL, ALLE UNDERFORSTTTE GARANTIER FOR SALGBARHET ELLER EGNETHET TIL NOE BESTEMT FORML, LOVPLAGT RETTSMIDDEL ELLER ANNET. DENNE BEGRENSEDE GARANTIEN GIR DEG BESTEMTE JURIDISKE RETTIGHETER, OG DU KAN OGS HA ANDRE RETTIGHETER SOM ER SPESIFIKKE FOR DELSTATEN. HVIS UNDERFORSTTTE GARANTIER IKKE KAN FRASKRIVES, ER SLIKE GARANTIER BEGRENSET I VARIGHET TIL DENNE BEGRENSEDE GARANTIEN UTLPER. NOEN DELSTATER TILLATER IKKE BEGRENSNINGER AV VARIGHETEN TIL EN UNDERFORSTTT GARANTI, OG DET ER DERFOR MULIG AT BEGRENSNINGENE OVENFOR IKKE GJELDER FOR DEG. UNDER INGEN OMSTENDIGHETER SKAL Garmin HOLDES ERSTATNINGSANSVARLIG FOR EVENTUELLE TILFELDIGE, SPESIELLE ELLER INDIREKTE SKADER ELLER FLGESKADER SOM SKYLDES BRUK, FEILAKTIG BRUK ELLER MANGLENDE EVNE TIL BRUKE PRODUKTET ELLER PRODUKTFEIL. NOEN DELSTATER TILLATER IKKE ANSVARSFRASKRIVELSE VED TILFELDIGE SKADER OG FLGESKADER, OG DET ER DERFOR MULIG AT BEGRENSNINGENE OVENFOR IKKE GJELDER FOR DEG. Garmin forbeholder seg retten til, etter egen vurdering, reparere eller erstatte (med et nytt eller nylig reparert produkt) enheten eller programvaren, eller tilby full refusjon av kjpesummen. DETTE RETTSMIDDELET VIL VRE DITT ENESTE OG EKSKLUSIVE RETTSMIDDEL VED EVENTUELLE GARANTIBRUDD. Hvis du nsker garantiservice, kan du kontakte din nrmeste Garmin autoriserte forhandler eller ringe Garmin produktsupport for f instruksjoner om frakt og et RMA-sporingsnummer. Pakk enheten godt inn, og legg ved en kopi av kvitteringen, som kreves som kjpsbevis for kunne motta garantiservice. Skriv sporingsnummeret tydelig p utsiden av pakken. Send enheten med betalt porto til et hvilket som helst Garmin verksted som tilbyr garantiservice. Kjp p Internett-auksjoner: Produkter som er kjpt gjennom Internett-auksjoner, kvalifiserer ikke til rabatter eller andre spesialtilbud knyttet til garantidekning fra Garmin. Bekreftelser fra auksjoner p Internett godtas ikke som dokumentasjon i garantisaker. Det kreves en original eller kopi av kvitteringen fra det opprinnelige utsalgsstedet for at en reparasjon skal dekkes av garantien. Garmin vil ikke erstatte manglende komponenter fra en pakke som er kjpt gjennom en Internett-auksjon. Internasjonale kjp: En separat garanti kan gis av internasjonale distributrer for enheter som er kjpt utenfor USA, avhengig av landet. Hvis det er aktuelt, gis denne garantien av den lokale distributren, og denne distributren utfrer lokal service p enheten. Distributrgarantier er bare gyldige i omrdet for tiltenkt distribusjon. Enheter som er kjpt i USA eller Canada, m returneres til Garmin servicesenteret i Storbritannia, USA, Canada eller Taiwan for service. Garantiretningslinjer for maritime produkter: Enkelte maritime Garmin produkter i enkelte omrder har lengre garantiperiode og ytterligere vilkr og betingelser. G til www.garmin.com
/support/warranty_marine hvis du vil ha mer informasjon, og for se om produktet ditt er dekket av Garmin garantiretningslinjene for maritime produkter. Viktig skerhets- och produktinformation Om du inte uppmrksammar fljande varningar kan det resultera i olyckor eller kollisioner som kan sluta med ddsfall eller allvarlig personskada. VARNING Varningar vid marin anvndning Du ansvarar fr att bten framfrs p ett skert och frnuftigt stt. Den hr enheten r ett verktyg som hjlper dig att hantera bten. Den hr enheten befriar dig inte frn ansvaret fr att framfra din bt skert. Undvik farlig navigering och lmna aldrig rodret utan uppsikt. Anvnd den hr enheten endast som navigationshjlp. Frsk inte att anvnda enheten fr ngot ndaml dr exakt mtning av riktning, avstnd, plats eller topografi krvs. Var alltid beredd p att snabbt terg till att styra bten. Var frsiktig nra faror i vattnet, till exempel hamnar, plverk och andra btar. Om enheten hanterar navigering ska du nr du navigerar noggrant jmfra den information som enheten visar med alla tillgngliga navigeringskllor, inklusive information frn visuella iakttagelser, lokala farvattensbestmmelser och -begrnsningar samt kartor. Fr skerhets skull br du lsa alla avvikelser eller frgor innan du fortstter att navigera. Om enheten anvnder kartor anvnder du det elektroniska sjkortet i enheten endast fr att underltta, inte erstta, anvndningen av godknda sjkort. Godknda sjkort och information till sjmn innehller all information som krvs fr att navigera p ett skert stt. Djupdata frn den hr produkten ska inte anvndas som det primra sttet att undvika grundsttningar och kollisioner. Komplettera djupdataavlsningar med information frn tillmpliga pappersdiagram och synliga indikatorer. Kr alltid bten med lg hastighet om du misstnker grunt vatten eller freml under vattenytan. Om denna varning inte fljs kan det leda till bt- och personskador. Om enheten har videoingngar ska du inte hantera eller titta p video medan du hanterar eller navigerar din bt. Om du hanterar eller tittar p video medan bten krs kan du orsaka en olycka eller krock som kan resultera i egendomsskador, allvarlig personskada eller dd. Batterivarningar Enheten har ett internt batteri som anvndaren inte kan byta sjlv. Det anvnds bl.a. fr realtidsklockan. Om dessa riktlinjer inte fljs kan batteriernas livslngd frkortas eller s kan de orsaka skada p enheten, brand, kemisk brnnskada, elektrolytlckage och/eller personskada. Frsk inte ta bort ett batteri som inte gr att byta ut av anvndaren. Kontakta lokala avfallsmyndigheter fr information om var du kan kasta enheten/batterierna i enlighet med lokala lagar och bestmmelser. Varning fr hrselskador Om du lyssnar p stereon p hg volym kan din hrsel skadas. OBS!
Navigeringsenhetens prestanda kan bli smre om du anvnder den i nrheten av enheter som anvnder markbundet bredbandsntverk nra de frekvenser som anvnds av Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), t.ex. Global Positioning Service (GPS). Anvndning av sdana enheter kan frsmra mottagningen av GNSS-signaler. Miljprogram fr produkter Information om Garmin produkttervinningsprogram och WEEE, RoHS, REACH och andra kompabilitetsprogram hittar du p www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. verensstmmelsefrklaring Hrmed intygar Garmin att den hr produkten uppfyller de grundlggande kraven och andra tillmpliga freskrifter i direktiv 1999/5/EC. verensstmmelsefrklaringen i sin helhet finns p www.garmin.com/compliance. Information om kartdata Garmin anvnder en kombination av privata datakllor och datakllor frn myndigheter. S gott som alla datakllor innehller en del felaktiga eller ofullstndiga data. I vissa lnder r fullstndig och exakt kartinformation inte tillgnglig eller overkomligt dyr. Begrnsad garanti Icke-flygprodukter garanteras vara fria frn defekter i material och utfrande i ett r frn inkpsdatumet. Under denna tid kommer Garmin att efter eget gottfinnande reparera eller erstta komponenter som inte fungerar vid normal anvndning. Sdana reparationer eller ersttningar grs utan ngon avgift fr kunden vad gller delar eller arbete, frutsatt att kunden str fr alla transportkostnader. Den hr begrnsade garantin gller inte fr: (i) kosmetiska skador, t.ex. repor, hack och bulor, (ii) frbrukningsdelar, t.ex. batterier, svida inte produktskadan uppsttt p.g.a. defekter i material eller arbete, (iii) skada orsakad av olycka, missbruk, vatten, versvmning, brand eller andra naturhndelser eller yttre orsaker, (iv) skada orsakad av service utfrd av ngon som inte r behrig serviceleverantr t Garmin, (v) skada p en produkt som har modifierats eller ndrats utan skriftligt tillstnd frn Garmin, eller (vi) skada p en produkt som har anslutits till strm- och/eller datakablar som inte tillhandahlls av Garmin. Garmin frbehller sig dessutom rtten att avsl garantiansprk avseende produkter eller tjnster som anskaffats och/eller anvnts p ngot stt som strider mot ngot lands lagar. Denna produkt r endast avsedd att anvndas som hjlp vid resa och fr inte anvndas till ngot ndaml som krver exakt mtning av riktning, distans, plats eller topografi. Garmin lmnar inga garantier angende kartuppgifternas riktighet eller fullstndighet. Vi lmnar 90 dagars garanti p reparationer. Om enheten fortfarande tcks av den ursprungliga garantin gller den nya garantin i 90 dagar eller till slutet av den ursprungliga ettrsgarantin, beroende p vad som intrffar frst. Denna begrnsade garanti gller dessutom inte fr, och Garmin r inte ansvarig fr, ngon frsmring av prestanda hos ngon Garmin navigationsprodukt till fljd av dess anvndning i nrheten av mobiltelefon eller annan anordning som utnyttjar markbundet bredbandsntverk som arbetar p eller nra de frekvenser som anvnds av Global Navigation Satellite System
(GNSS), t.ex. Global Positioning Service (GPS). Anvndning av sdana enheter kan frsmra mottagningen av GNSS-signaler. S LNGT SOM R TILLTET ENLIGT GLLANDE LAG GLLER DE GARANTIER OCH KOMPENSATIONER SOM ANGES I DENNA BEGRNSADE GARANTI MED ENSAMRTT OCH I STLLET FR, OCH Garmin FRISKRIVER SIG UTTRYCKLIGEN FRN, ALLA ANDRA GARANTIER OCH KOMPENSATIONER, VARE SIG UTTRYCKLIGA, UNDERFRSTDDA, LAGSTADGADE ELLER P ANNAT STT, INKLUSIVE, UTAN BEGRNSNING, UNDERFRSTDDA GARANTIER OM SLJBARHET ELLER LMPLIGHET FR ETT VISST NDAML, LAGSTIFTAD KOMPENSATION ELLER P ANNAT STT. DENNA BEGRNSADE GARANTI GER DIG SPECIFIKA LAGLIGA RTTIGHETER, OCH DU KAN HA ANDRA LAGSTADGADE RTTIGHETER SOM KAN VARIERA FRN STAT TILL STAT. OM FRISKRIVNING FRN UNDERFRSTDDA GARANTIER INTE TILLTS R VARAKTIGHETEN AV SDANA GARANTIER BEGRNSADE GENOM DENNA BEGRNSADE GARANTI. VISSA STATER TILLTER INTE BEGRNSNINGAR AV VARAKTIGHETEN AV EN UNDERFRSTDD GARANTI, S OVANSTENDE BEGRNSNINGAR KANSKE INTE GLLER DIG. Garmin SKA UNDER INGA OMSTNDIGHETER HLLAS ANSVARIGT FR NGRA TILLFLLIGA, SRSKILDA, INDIREKTA SKADOR ELLER FLJDSKADOR, VARE SIG DE ORSAKAS AV ANVNDNING, MISSBRUK ELLER OFRMGA ATT ANVNDA PRODUKTEN ELLER AV DEFEKTER I PRODUKTEN. VISSA STATER TILLTER INTE BEGRNSNING AV TILLFLLIGA SKADOR ELLER FLJDSKADOR, S OVANSTENDE BEGRNSNINGAR KANSKE INTE GLLER DIG. Garmin har efter eget gottfinnande ensamrtt att reparera eller erstta enheten eller programvaran (med en ny eller nyrenoverad ersttningsprodukt) eller erbjuda full terbetalning av inkpspriset. DENNA KOMPENSATION R DIN ENDA KOMPENSATION FR EN VERTRDELSE AV GARANTIN. Erhll garantiservice genom att kontakta din lokala terfrsljare auktoriserad av Garmin eller genom att ringa till Garmin produktsupport fr anvisningar angende frakt och RMA-nummer. Frpacka enheten noga med en kopia av originalkvittot. Kvittot krvs som inkpsbevis fr 9 garantireparationer. Skriv RMA-numret tydligt p paketets utsida. Skicka enheten med frakten betald till valfritt garantiservicestlle fr Garmin. Inkp via online-auktion: Produkter som kps via online-auktioner berttigar inte till rabatter eller andra specialerbjudanden som grundar sig p Garmin garantin. Bekrftelser p onlineauktion godknns inte som garantiverifikation. Om du vill ha garantiservice mste du ha det ursprungliga inkpskvittot, eller en kopia av den, frn ursprungsterfrsljaren. Garmin erstter inte komponenter som saknas frn en frpackning som kpts via en online-auktion. Internationella inkp: En separat garanti kan tillhandahllas av internationella distributrer fr enheter som inkpts utanfr USA beroende p land. Om tillmpligt tillhandahlls denna garanti av den lokala, inhemska distributren och denna distributr tillhandahller service lokalt fr din enhet. Distributrsgarantier r endast giltiga i det avsedda distributionsomrdet. Enheter som inkpts i USA eller Kanada mste returneras till ett servicecenter fr Garmin i Storbritannien, USA, Kanada eller Taiwan fr service. Garantipolicy fr marina produkter: En del av de marina produkterna frn Garmin inom vissa omrden har en lngre garantiperiod och extra villkor. G till www.garmin.com/support/warranty _marine fr att lsa mer och fr att se om din produkt omfattas av garantipolicyn fr marina produkter frn Garmin. Wane informacje dotyczce bezpieczestwa i produktu OSTRZEENIE Zignorowanie poniszych ostrzee moe prowadzi do wypadkw lub kolizji skutkujcych mierci lub powanymi obraeniami ciaa. Ostrzeenia dotyczce obsugi urzdzenia na wodzie Uytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za bezpieczne i roztropne sterowanie swoim statkiem. Niniejsze urzdzenie jest narzdziem wspomagajcym sterowanie statkiem. Nie zwalnia ono uytkownika z obowizku bezpiecznego sterowania swoim statkiem. Naley unika zagroe nawigacyjnych i nigdy nie zostawia steru bez nadzoru. Urzdzenie naley traktowa tylko jako pomoc nawigacyjn. Nie naley korzysta z urzdzenia do celw wymagajcych dokadnych pomiarw kierunku, odlegoci, lokalizacji lub celw topograficznych. Naley zawsze by przygotowanym do szybkiego przejcia sterowania statkiem. Naley zachowa ostrono w pobliu niebezpiecznych wd, to jest w pobliu dokw, palisad oraz innych statkw. Jeli urzdzenia ma funkcj nawigowania, to podczas nawigacji naley dokadnie porwnywa informacje widoczne na wywietlaczu ze wszystkimi dostpnymi rdami nawigacji, w tym z oznaczeniami, mapami oraz lokalnymi przepisami i ograniczeniami obowizujcymi na szlaku wodnym. Ze wzgldw bezpieczestwa przed kontynuowaniem jazdy z uyciem systemu nawigacji naley rozstrzygn wszelkie wtpliwoci. Jeli urzdzenie korzysta z map, dostpne w nim mapy elektroniczne naley traktowa jedynie jako uatwienie, nie za zamiennik dla zatwierdzonych map pastwowych. Oficjalne mapy pastwowe i wskazwki dla marynarzy zawieraj wszystkie informacje niezbdne dla bezpiecznej nawigacji. Jeli urzdzenie zapewnia dane o gbokoci, to nie naley uywa go jako gwnego rda zapobiegajcego osadzeniu na mielinie i kolizji. Odczyty gbokoci naley uzupeni informacjami ze stosownych map papierowych oraz wskanikw optycznych. W przypadku podejrzenia poruszania si po pycinie naley zawsze prowadzi statek z ma prdkoci. Nieprzestrzeganie tego ostrzeenia moe doprowadzi do uszkodzenia statku, a nawet obrae ciaa. Jeli urzdzenie obsuguje sygna wideo, nie wolno oglda ani obsugiwa rde wideo podczas obsugi lub sterowania odzi. Ogldanie lub obsuga obrazu w czasie, gdy statek jest w ruchu moe spowodowa wypadek lub kolizj, a w rezultacie take szkody materialne, powane urazy ciaa lub mier. Ostrzeenia dotyczce baterii Urzdzenie wykorzystuje wewntrzn, niewymienialn przez uytkownika bateri, suc np. do wywietlania zegara czasu rzeczywistego. Nieprzestrzeganie poniszych zalece moe doprowadzi do skrcenia czasu sprawnego dziaania baterii, a nawet grozi uszkodzeniem urzdzenia, poarem, oparzeniem substancjami chemicznymi, wyciekiem elektrolitu i/lub zranieniem. Podejmowanie jakichkolwiek prb wymontowania tej baterii jest zabronione. Zuyte urzdzenie/bateri nienadajc si do dalszego uytku naley przekaza do punktu utylizacji i powtrnego przetwarzania odpadw zgodnie z prawem i przepisami obowizujcymi na danym obszarze. Ostrzeenie o ryzyku uszkodzenia suchu Ustawianie wysokiego poziomu gonoci w zestawie stereo moe uszkodzi such. NOTYFIKACJA Moe doj do pogorszenia wydajnoci pracy urzdzenia nawigacyjnego, jeli w jego pobliu znajduj si jakiekolwiek urzdzenia korzystajce z naziemnej sieci szerokopasmowej o czstotliwociach zblionych do czstotliwoci systemu GNSS (globalnego systemu nawigacji satelitarnej), jak na przykad usugi GPS. Korzystanie z takich urzdze moe niekorzystnie wpywa na odbir sygnaw GNSS. Programy ochrony rodowiska dotyczce produktu Informacje na temat programu recyklingu produktu firmy Garmin oraz dyrektyw WEEE, RoHS i REACH, a take innych programw mona znale na stronie www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin
/environment. Deklaracja zgodnoci Firma Garmin niniejszym deklaruje, e ten produkt spenia zasadnicze wymagania dyrektywy 1999/5/WE i inne okrelone w niej warunki. Tre deklaracji zgodnoci mona znale na stronie www.garmin.com/compliance. Dane kartograficzne Firma Garmin wykorzystujemy rne rzdowe i prywatne rda danych. Praktycznie wszystkie rda danych zawieraj pewne niedokadne lub niepene informacje. W niektrych krajach pene i dokadne dane kartograficzne nie s dostpne lub ich cena jest zbyt wysoka. Ograniczona gwarancja Niniejsza gwarancja Garmin jest gwarancj producenta, ktra przenosi na konsumenta prawa niezalene od praw wynikajcych z praw ochrony konsumenta (rkojmia), przy czym niniejszy dokument tych ostatnich nie ogranicza ani nie wyklucza. Niniejsza gwarancja pozostaje w mocy przez okres dwch (2) lat od daty zakupu produktu Garmin w Polsce. Prawa ochrony konsumenta: W razie wykrycia wady produktu Garmin, konsument moe skorzysta z praw wynikajcych z nastpujcych przepisw:
Ustawa z 23 kwietnia 1964 kodeks cywilny (tekst jednolity Dz.U. poz. 121 z pniejszymi zmianami) Konsumentowi przysuguje prawo wyboru wnoszenia roszcze z tytuu Ograniczonej Gwarancji Garmin lub praw ochrony konsumenta. Zakres Gwarancji:
Niniejsza gwarancja stanowi, e zakupiony produkt Garmin bdzie wolny od wszelkich wad produkcyjnych i materiaowych przez okres dwch lat od daty zakupu. W tym okresie Garmin moe wedle wasnego uznania naprawi lub wymieni wszelkie komponenty, ktre zepsuj si w warunkach normalnego uytkowania. Rzeczone naprawy lub wymiany zostan dokonane bez obciania klienta kosztami czci, robocizny i transportu. Niniejsza gwarancja nie ma zastosowania do: (i) uszkodze kosmetycznych, np. zadrapa, ubytkw i wgniece; (ii) elementw eksploatacyjnych, np. baterii, o ile uszkodzenie produktu nie wynika z wady 10 materiaowej lub produkcyjnej; (iii) uszkodze spowodowanych wypadkami, naduyciem, niewaciwym uytkowaniem, powodzi, poarem lub innymi zdarzeniami siy wyszej lub czynnikami zewntrznymi; (iv) uszkodze spowodowanych wykonaniem usug przez osoby niebdce autoryzowanymi usugodawcami Garmin; (v) uszkodze produktu, ktry zosta poddany modyfikacjom lub przerbkom bez pisemnej zgody Garmin; lub (vi) uszkodze produktu, ktry zosta podczony do rda zasilania i/lub przewodw do transmisji danych, ktre nie zostay dostarczone przez Garmin. Ponadto Garmin zastrzega sobie prawo do odmowy uznania gwarancji w odniesieniu do produktw lub usug uzyskanych i/lub wykorzystanych z naruszeniem polskiego prawa. Nasze produkty nawigacyjne stanowi wycznie pomoc w planowaniu podry i nie naley ich wykorzystywa do adnych celw wymagajcych precyzyjnego pomiaru kierunku, odlegoci, pooenia ani topografii. Garmin nie udziela adnej gwarancji w zakresie dokadnoci ani kompletnoci danych zwizanych z wgranymi w niniejszym produkcie mapami. Aby skorzysta z obsugi gwarancyjnej naley skontaktowa si z lokalnym autoryzowanym dealerem Garmin lub zadzwoni do Dziau Wsparcia Technicznego Garmin w celu uzyskania wytycznych co do wysyki oraz otrzymania numeru reklamacji - RMA. W Polsce usugi Wsparcia Produktu zapewnia Garmin Polska, Adgar Park West I, Al. Jerozolimskie 181, 02-222 Warszawa Polska telefon: 00 800 441 24 54, mail:
poland.support@garmin.com Garmin moe wedle wasnej decyzji naprawi lub wymieni (na nowy lub nowo naprawiony produkt zastpczy) urzdzenie lub oprogramowanie lub zaproponowa klientowi zwrot penej ceny zakupu w cigu 14 dni od daty otrzymania wadliwego urzdzenia. Jeeli w ramach realizacji swoich zobowiza Garmin dostarczy klientowi wolne od wad urzdzenie, wymieni wadliwe urzdzenie lub przeprowadzi znaczce naprawy urzdzenia w ramach gwarancji, bieg okresu gwarancji rozpocznie si na nowo od momentu dostarczenia pozbawionego wad urzdzenia lub zwrotu naprawionego urzdzenia do koca oryginalnego okresu gwarancji. W innych przypadkach okres gwarancji zostanie przeduony o czas, w ktrym uytkowanie urzdzenia byo niemoliwe wskutek wady urzdzenia objtej gwarancj. Ograniczenie odpowiedzialnoci wobec osb trzecich i uytkownikw komercyjnych:
Garmin w adnym przypadku nie ponosi odpowiedzialnoci za adne straty, ktre nie zostay spowodowane przez naruszenie niniejszej gwarancji przez Garmin, ani za adne szkody uboczne, specjalne, porednie ani wynikowe, w tym za utrat danych, utrat zyskw lub utrat sposobnoci, niezalenie od tego, czy wynikaj one z uycia, niewaciwego uytkowania lub niemonoci uycia niniejszego produktu czy z wad produktu. Niniejsze ograniczenie nie ma zastosowania do (i) zgonu lub szkd cielesnych; (ii) oszustwa; (iii) wiadomego wprowadzenia w bd; lub (iv) innych rodzajw odpowiedzialnoci, ktrych z mocy prawa nie mona ograniczy ani wykluczy. Garmin nie gwarantuje, nie owiadcza i nie zapewnia, e bdzie w stanie naprawi lub wymieni kady produkt Garmin na mocy niniejszej gwarancji bez ryzyka zwizanego z informacjami i/lub danymi przechowywanymi na urzdzeniu Garmin i/lub ich utraty. Prywatno: Wszelkie informacje dotyczce klienta otrzymane w procesie gwarancyjnym bd przechowywane przez Garmin zgodnie z Polityk Prywatnoci Garmin, z ktr mona si zapozna pod adresem www.garmin.com/pl-PL/legal/privacy-statement Istotne ograniczenia usug: Garmin moe ograniczy wiadczenie usug do terytorium EOG i Szwajcarii. Usugi serwisowe w odniesieniu do produktw Garmin moe wiadczy wycznie Garmin lub autoryzowane Centra Serwisowe Garmin Zakupy na aukcjach internetowych: Produkty zakupione na aukcjach internetowych nie podlegaj ochronie gwarancyjnej Garmin. Potwierdzenia zakupu w ramach aukcji internetowych nie bd przyjmowane w celu weryfikacji gwarancji. W wikszoci przypadkw w celu skorzystania z usug gwarancyjnych niezbdny jest dowd zakupu od pierwotnego sprzedawcy. Polityka gwarancji na produkty Garmin Marine: Niektre produkty Garmin Marine w niektrych regionach podlegaj duszemu okresowi gwarancji oraz dodatkowym warunkom. Wicej informacji na ten temat, a take informacj, czy dany produkt obejmuje Polityka Gwarancji na produkty Garmin Marine, mona znale pod adresem www.garmin.com/support/
warranty.html. Oglne: Jeeli jakikolwiek zapis niniejszej gwarancji uznany zostanie za niezgodny z prawem lub niewykonalny, zostanie wyczony z niniejszej gwarancji, co pozostaje bez wpywu dla zgodnoci z prawem i wykonalnoci pozostaych warunkw gwarancji. Dleit bezpenostn informace a informace o produktu VAROVN Pokud nebudete vnovat pozornost nsledujcm varovnm, mete se vystavit nebezpe nehody nebo kolize, kter me vst ke smrti nebo vnmu zrann. Varovn tkajc se nmonho provozu Za bezpen a rozumn provoz svho plavidla jste odpovdni vy. Toto zazen je nstroj, kter zlep vae monosti ovldn plavidla. Nezbav vs vak odpovdnosti za bezpen provoz plavidla. Vyhnte se naviganm rizikm a nikdy nenechvejte kormidlo bez dozoru. Toto zazen pouvejte pouze jako navigan pomcku. Nepouvejte toto zazen pro ely vyadujc pesn men smru, vzdlenosti, polohy nebo mstopisu. Bute vdy pipraveni urychlen pevzt zen plavidla. Dvejte pozor v blzkosti nebezpench mst ve vod, jako jsou napklad doky, pile a jin plavidla. Pokud m zazen navigan funkce, peliv pi navigaci porovnvejte informace zobrazovan na zazen se vemi ostatnmi zdroji navigace, vetn informac zrakovch vjem, mstnch pravidel a omezen vodnch cest a map. Z bezpenostnch dvod si vyjasnte veker nesrovnalosti dve, ne budete pokraovat v jzd. Obsahuje-li zazen mapy, pouvejte elektronickou mapu v zazen pouze pro usnadnn, nikoli jako nhradu za pouvn ovench sttnch map. Oficiln sttn mapy a poznmky pro nmonky obsahuj vechny potebn informace pro bezpenou navigaci. Nabz-li zazen daje o hloubce, nemly by bt pouvny jako hlavn prostedek zabraujc kotven nebo nrazu. Doplujte daje hodnot o hloubce o informace z pslunch paprovch map a o zrakov vjemy. Pokud mte podezen na mlinu nebo potopen objekty, ovldejte vdy plavidlo za pomal rychlosti. Nevnovn pozornosti tomuto varovn me vst k pokozen plavidla nebo zrann osob. Pokud m zazen funkce vstupu videa, nepokouejte se ovldat nebo sledovat vstup videa pi ovldn nebo navigaci svho plavidla. Ovldn nebo sledovn vstupu videa bhem pohybu plavidla me zpsobit nehodu nebo srku vedouc k pokozen majetku, vnmu zrann nebo smrti. Upozornn k pouvn bateri Zazen pouv intern, uivatelem nevymnitelnou baterii pro rzn ely, nap. jako hodiny relnho asu. Pokud byste se nedili tmito pokyny, mohlo by dojt ke zkrcen ivotnosti baterie nebo k nebezpe pokozen zazen, poru, chemickmu splen, k vyteen elektrolytu nebo k razu. Neodstraujte nebo se nepokouejte odstranit uivatelem nevymnitelnou baterii. Informace o likvidaci zazen/bateri v souladu s platnmi mstnmi zkony a nazenmi zskte u mstnho stediska pro likvidaci odpad. Varovn tkajc se pokozen sluchu Poslech sterea pi vysok hlasitosti me zpsobit pokozen sluchu. OZNMEN Navigan zazen me vykazovat snen vkon v blzkosti zazen vyuvajcch pozemn irokopsmovou s na podobnch kmitotech jako globln satelitn navigan systmy GNSS
(Global Navigation Satellite System), nap. systm GPS (Global Positioning Service). Pouit tchto zazen me naruit pjem signl GNSS. Produktov ekologick programy Informace o programu recyklace produkt Garmin a o programech WEEE, RoHS, REACH a dalch vyhovujcch programech naleznete na adrese www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin
/environment. Prohlen o shod Spolenost Garmin tmto prohlauje, e produkt odpovd zkladnm poadavkm a dalm relevantnm ustanovenm smrnice 1999/5/EC. Pln znn Prohlen o shod naleznete na webovch strnkch www.garmin.com/compliance. Informace o mapovch datech Spolenost Garmin vyuv kombinaci sttnch a soukromch zdroj dat. Tm vechny zdroje dat obsahuj urit nepesn nebo nepln data. Kompletn a pesn mapov data nejsou v nkterch zemch vbec k dispozici nebo jsou nepimen nkladn. Omezen zruka Na neleteck produkty je poskytovna zruka, e budou bez vad materilu a zpracovn po dobu jednoho roku od data zakoupen. Spolenost Garmin si vyhrazuje vhradn prvo opravit nebo vymnit jakoukoli soust, kter pi bnm pouvn sele. Nklady za prci a opravy a vmnu dl nebudou tovny zkaznkovi s vhradou, e zkaznk bude zodpovdn za jakkoli pepravn nklady. Tato omezen zruka se nevztahuje na: (i) kosmetick vady jako pokrbn, oden a promknut; (ii) spotebn sousti, jako baterie, pokud nedolo k pokozen v dsledku vady materilu nebo zpracovn; (iii) pokozen zpsoben nehodou, nedbalost, nesprvnm pouvnm, vodou, zplavou, ohnm nebo jinmi prodnmi ivly a vnjmi vlivy; (iv) pokozen zpsoben provozovnm slueb poskytovatelem neautorizovanm spolenost Garmin; (v) pokozen produktu, kter byl upraven nebo zmnn bez psemnho svolen spolenosti Garmin, nebo (vi) pokozen produktu, kter byl pipojen ke zdroji napjen a/
nebo k datovm kabelm, kter nejsou dodvny spolenost Garmin. Spolenost Garmin si navc vyhrazuje prvo odmtnout reklaman nroky na produkty nebo sluby, kter byly zskny nebo jsou pouvny v rozporu se zkony jakkoli zem. Tento produkt slou jako cestovn pomcka a nesm se pouvat k jakmkoli elm vyadujcm pesn men smru, vzdlenosti, pozice nebo mstopisu.Spolenost Garmin neposkytuje zruku na pesnost nebo plnost mapovch dat. Na opravy je poskytovna 90denn zruka. Pokud odeslan jednotka stle podlh pvodn zruce, pot bude nov zruka 90 dn nebo bude pokraovat do konce pvodn jednolet zruky, podle toho, kter doba bude del. Tato omezen zruka se nevztahuje na a spolenost Garmin nen zodpovdn za jakkoli snen vkonu naviganho zazen Garmin zpsoben jeho pouitm v blzkosti telefon nebo jinch zazen vyuvajcch pozemn irokopsmovou s na podobnch kmitotech jako globln satelitn navigan systmy GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System), nap. systm GPS (Global Positioning Service). Pouit tchto zazen me naruit pjem signl GNSS. V MAXIMLNM ROZSAHU POVOLENM PSLUNMI ZKONY, ZRUKY A NHRADY UVEDEN V TTO OMEZEN ZRUCE JSOU VHRADN A NAHRAZUJ VECHNY OSTATN ZRUKY A NHRADY. SPOLENOST Garmin SE VSLOVN ZK VECH OSTATNCH ZRUK A NHRAD, A JI VYJDENCH, PEDPOKLDANCH, ZKONNCH NEBO JAKCHKOLI JINCH ZEJMNA VECH PEDPOKLDANCH ZRUK OBCHODOVATELNOSTI I VHODNOSTI PRO URIT EL, ZKONNCH NHRAD A PODOBN. TATO ZRUKA VM POSKYTUJE SPECIFICK ZKONN PRVA. METE MT I JIN ZKONN PRVA, KTER SE MOHOU V RZNCH STTECH LIIT. POKUD NEN MON ZEKNOUT SE PEDPOKLDANCH ZRUK, JE DOBA TRVN TCHTO ZRUK OMEZENA NA DOBU TRVN TTO OMEZEN ZRUKY. V NKTERCH STTECH NEN POVOLENO OMEZEN DOBY PEDPOKLDANCH ZRUK, V TAKOVM PPAD SE VS VE UVEDEN OMEZEN NETK. SPOLENOST Garmin NEN V DNM PPAD ODPOVDN ZA JAKKOLI NHODN, ZVLTN, NEPM NEBO NSLEDN KODY ZPSOBEN POUVNM, NESPRVNM POUVNM NEBO NEMONOST POUT TENTO VROBEK NEBO KODY ZPSOBEN VADOU VROBKU. V NKTERCH STTECH NEN POVOLENO VYLOUEN ODPOVDNOSTI ZA NHODN NEBO NSLEDN KODY, V TAKOVM PPAD SE VS VE UVEDEN OMEZEN ODPOVDNOSTI NETK. Spolenost Garmin si ponechv vlun prvo podle vlastnho uven opravit nebo nahradit
(novmi nebo renovovanmi nhradami produkt) zazen nebo software nebo nabdnout plnou nhradu nkupn ceny. TENTO NROK BUDE VAM JEDINM A VLUNM NROKEM PI JAKMKOLI PORUEN ZRUKY. Chcete-li uznat zrun opravu, obrate se na mstnho autorizovanho prodejce produkt Garmin nebo zavolejte na oddlen podpory produkt spolenosti Garmin s dost o zasln pokyn a reklamanho sla RMA. Zazen dn zabalte a pilote kopii pvodn tenky, kter je pro zrun opravy nutn jako doklad o zakoupen. Vnj stranu balku viditeln oznate slem RMA. Uhrate nklady za pepravn a odelete zazen do jakhokoli zrunho servisnho stediska spolenosti Garmin. Zakoupen v online aukci: U produkt zakoupench prostednictvm online aukc nevznik podle zruky spolenosti Garmin nrok na slevu nebo jinou speciln nabdku. Potvrzen z online aukce nejsou k oven zruky pijmny. Chcete-li uznat zrun opravu, je nutn originl nebo kopie pvodn tenky od pvodnho prodejce produkt.Spolenost Garmin neposkytne nhradu za chybjc sousti z jakhokoli balen zakoupenho prostednictvm online aukce. Zakoupen v jinm stt: Na zazen zakoupen mimo zem Spojench stt me bt poskytnuta samostatn zruka mezinrodnmi distributory v zvislosti na zemi zakoupen. Pokud je to mon, je tato zruka poskytovna mstnm vnitrosttnm distributorem a tento distributor tak zajiuje mstn servis zazen. Zruky distributora jsou platn pouze na zem pedpokldan distribuce. Zazen zakoupen ve Spojench sttech a Kanad mus bt na servis vrceny servisnmu stedisku spolenosti Garmin ve Spojenm krlovstv, Spojench sttech, Kanad nebo Tchaj-wanu. Politika zruky nmonch produkt: Urit nmon produkty spolenosti Garmin maj v uritch oblastech del zrun lhtu a dodaten podmnky. Pejdte na webovou strnku www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine, kde jsou uvedeny dal podrobnosti a kde zjistte, zda se na v produkt vztahuje politika zruky nmonch produkt spolenosti Garmin.
, , . ,
, , .
, ,
.
,
, ,
, ,
.
,
.
, ,
, ,
, .
,
, , .
, ,
.
, .
,
.
,
.
, , ,
,
.
, ,
, / .
,
.
, ,
(GNSS),
(GPS),
. GNSS. Garmin WEEE, RoHS, REACH . - www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin
/environment. Garmin , 1999/5/EC. - www.garmin.com/compliance. Garmin , ,
.
, ,
. Garmin
,
.
, .
: (i) ,
, ; (ii) , ,
,
; (iii) , ,
, , , ,
; (iv) ,
, , Garmin; (v) , Garmin; (vi) ,
/ , Garmin. , Garmin
, /
.
,
, . Garmin
. 90- .
, 90 1- , ,
.
, Garmin Garmin
,
,
(GNSS),
(GPS). GNSS.
,
, ,
,
, Garmin 11
,
, ,
,
, -
.
; ,
.
,
.
,
. Garmin
, ,
, ,
,
. Garmin
( )
,
. Garmin Garmin RMA. ,
. Garmin. ,
, Garmin.
,
. Garmin
, . , ,
. ,
,
. , , Garmin , ,
. Garmin
.
- www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine,
, Garmin . Vane informacije o sigurnosti i proizvodu UPOZORENJE Ako se ne pridravate sljedeih upozorenja, moe doi do nesree ili sudara koji mogu rezultirati smrtnim sluajem ili ozbiljnom ozljedom. Upozorenja za koritenje u pomorske svrhe Vi ste odgovorni za sigurno i oprezno upravljanje plovilom. Ovaj je ureaj alat koji poboljava mogunost upravljanja plovilom. Ureaj vas ne oslobaa odgovornosti za sigurno upravljanje plovilom. Izbjegavajte navigacijske opasnosti i nikad ne ostavljajte kormilo bez nadzora. Ureaj koristite iskljuivo kao pomo u navigaciji. Ureaj ne koristite za postupke u kojima je potrebno precizno mjerenje smjera, udaljenosti, lokacije ili topografije. Uvijek budite spremni brzo preuzeti kontrolu nad plovilom. Budite oprezni u blizini opasnosti u vodi poput dokova, stupova i drugih plovila. Ako ureaj ima mogunost navigacije, tijekom navigacije paljivo usporeujte informacije prikazane na ureaju sa svim dostupnim navigacijskim izvorima, ukljuujui vizualne informacije, lokalne pravilnike o vodenim putovima i karte. Iz sigurnosnih razloga uvijek rijeite sva neslaganja ili pitanja prije no to nastavite s navigacijom. Ako ureaj koristi karte, elektroniku kartu ureaja koristite samo kako biste si olakali upotrebu ovlatenih vladinih karata, a ne kao njihovu zamjenu. Slubene vladine karte i obavijesti mornarima sadre sve informacije potrebne za sigurnu navigaciju. Ako ureaj daje podatke o dubini, oni se ne smiju koristiti kao primarni nain sprjeavanja nasukavanja ili sudara. Oitanjima podataka o dubini dodajte podatke s primjenjivih karata i vizualnih pokazatelja. Plovilom uvijek upravljajte pri niskim brzinama ako sumnjate na plitku vodu ili objekte pod vodom. U sluaju nepotivanja ovog upozorenja, moglo bi doi do oteenja ili tjelesnih ozljeda. Ako ureaj ima mogunost primanja ulaznih video podataka, nemojte rukovati njima ili ih gledati dok upravljate ili navigirate plovilom. Rukovanje video podacima ili gledanje video podataka dok je plovilo u pokretu moe dovesti do nesretnog sluaja ili sudara ije posljedice mogu biti teta, ozbiljne ozljede ili smrt. Upozorenja za bateriju Ureaj u razne svrhe, npr. za sat, koristi internu bateriju koju korisnik ne moe sam zamijeniti. Ako ne pratite ove smjernice, mogli biste skratiti vijek trajanja baterije ili riskirati oteenje ureaja, poar, kemijske opekline, curenje elektrolita i/ili ozljede. Ne vadite i ne pokuavajte izvaditi bateriju koja nije zamjenjiva. Obratite se lokalnoj jedinici za odlaganje otpada radi odlaganja ureaja/baterija u skladu s vaeim lokalnim zakonima i propisima. Upozorenja za oteenja sluha Glasno sluanje sterea moe vam otetiti sluh. OBAVIJEST Koritenje blizu bilo kojeg ureaja koji koristi zemaljsku irokopojasnu mreu na frekvencijama koje su blizu frekvencija koje koristi bilo koji sustav za globalnu navigaciju (GNSS), npr. sustav za globalno pozicioniranje (GPS), moe negativno utjecati na rad navigacijskog ureaja. Koritenje takvih ureaja moe negativno utjecati na prijem GNSS signala. Programi za ouvanje okolia Informacije o programu recikliranja tvrtke Garmin te programima WEEE, RoHS, REACH i drugim programima potraite na adresi www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. 12 Izjava o usklaenosti Tvrtka Garmin ovime izjavljuje da ovaj proizvod udovoljava osnovnim zahtjevima i drugim relevantnim odredbama Direktive 1999/5/EC. Ako elite proitati cijelu Izjavu o usklaenosti, posjetite www.garmin.com/compliance. Informacije o podacima karte Tvrtka Garmin koristi kombinaciju dravnih i privatnih izvora podataka. Gotovo svi izvori podataka sadre neke netone ili nepotpune podatke. U nekim dravama potpune i precizne informacije na kartama nisu dostupne ili su vrlo skupe. Ogranieno jamstvo Proizvodi koji nisu namijenjeni zrakoplovstvu imaju jamstvo da nee imati pogreaka u materijalu ili izradi do godinu dana od datuma kupnje. Unutar tog razdoblja Garmin e, po vlastitoj odluci, popraviti ili zamijeniti komponente koje nisu ispravno radile prilikom uobiajene upotrebe. Takvi popravci ili zamjene bit e besplatni za korisnika za dijelove ili rad, pod uvjetom da korisnik podmiri trokove transporta. Ovo ogranieno jamstvo ne vrijedi za: (i) kozmetika oteenja kao to su ogrebotine, zarezi i udubljenja; (ii) potrone dijelove poput baterija, osim ako teta nije uzrokovana manjkavim materijalima ili izradom; (iii) tetu uzrokovanu nesretnim sluajem, zlouporabom, nepravilnim koritenjem, vodom, poplavom, poarom ili drugim prirodnim nepogodama ili vanjskim uzrocima; (iv) tetu uzrokovanu servisiranjem od strane osobe koja nije ovlateni serviser tvrtke Garmin; (v) tetu na proizvodima koji su modificirani ili preinaeni bez pisanog doputenja tvrtke Garmin; ili (vi) tetu na proizvodima koji su prikljueni na kabele napajanja i/ili podatkovne kabele koje nije isporuila tvrtka Garmin. Isto tako, Garmin zadrava pravo odbijanja jamstvenih zahtjeva za proizvode ili usluge dobivene i/ili koritene u suprotnosti sa zakonima bilo koje drave. Ovaj proizvod namijenjen je iskljuivo za upotrebu kao pomagalo u putovanjima i ne smije se koristiti u svrhu gdje su potrebna precizna mjerenja smjera, udaljenosti, lokacije ili topografije. Garmin ne jami preciznost i potpunost kartografskih podataka. Jamstvo na popravke iznosi 90 dana. Ako je poslana jedinica jo uvijek pokrivena izvornim jamstvom, onda novo jamstvo traje 90 dana ili do kraja izvornog jednogodinjeg jamstva, ovisno to je due. Ovo se ogranieno jamstvo ne odnosi na loiji rad bilo kojeg Garmin navigacijskog ureaja koji je posljedica koritenja ureaja u blizini bilo kojeg runog ili drugog ureaja koji koristi zemaljsku irokopojasnu mreu na frekvencijama koje su blizu frekvencija koje koristi bilo koji sustav za globalnu navigaciju (GNSS), npr. sustav za globalno pozicioniranje (GPS), niti je tvrtka Garmin za njega odgovorna. Koritenje takvih ureaja moe negativno utjecati na prijem GNSS signala. DO MJERE DO KOJE TO DOPUTA PRIMJENJIVI ZAKON, JAMSTVA I PRAVNI LIJEKOVI NAVEDENI U OVOM OGRANIENOM JAMSTVU ISKLJUIVI SU I TVRTKA Garmin IZRIITO ODRIE SVA DRUGA JAMSTVA I PRAVNE LIJEKOVE, BILO IZRIITE, IMPLICIRANE, ZAKONSKE ILI BILO KAKVE DRUGE, UKLJUUJUI BEZ OGRANIENJA BILO KOJE IMPLICIRANO JAMSTVO ZA TRINI POTENCIJAL ILI PRIKLADNOSTI ZA ODREENU NAMJENU, BILO ONO ZAKONSKO ILI PO NEKOJ DRUGOJ OSNOVI. OVO VAM OGRANIENO JAMSTVO DAJE POSEBNA ZAKONSKA PRAVA, A OVISNO OD DRAVE DO DRAVE, MODA IMATE I NEKA DRUGA ZAKONSKA PRAVA. AKO SE IMPLICIRANA JAMSTVA NE MOGU ODREI, TRAJANJE TAKVIH JAMSTAVA OGRANIENO JE NA TRAJANJE OVOG OGRANIENOG JAMSTVA. NEKE DRAVE NE DOPUTAJU OGRANIAVANJE TRAJANJA IMPLICIRANOG JAMSTVA, PA SE GORNJE OGRANIENJE MODA NEE PRIMJENJIVATI NA VAS. Garmin NI U KOJEM SLUAJU NEE SNOSITI ODGOVORNOST ZA BILO KAKVA SLUAJNA, POSEBNA, NEIZRAVNA ILI POSLJEDINA OTEENJA, BEZ OBZIRA JESU LI REZULTAT UPOTREBE, POGRENE UPOTREBE ILI NEMOGUNOSTI UPOTREBE OVOG PROIZVODA ILI MANJKAVOSTI PROIZVODA. NEKE DRAVE NE DOPUTAJU ISKLJUIVANJE SLUAJNE ILI POSLJEDINE TETE TE SE GORNJA OGRANIENJA MODA NEE PRIMJENJIVATI NA VAS. Garmin zadrava iskljuivo pravo popravka ili zamjene (novim ili obnovljenim zamjenskim proizvodom) ureaja ili softvera ili povrata punog iznosa kupnje po svom nahoenju. TAKAV PRAVNI LIJEK BIT E VA JEDINI I ISKLJUIVI PRAVNI LIJEK U SLUAJU NEPOTOVANJA JAMSTVA. Za dobivanje jamstvene usluge obratite se lokalnom ovlatenom dobavljau tvrtke Garmin ili nazovite slubu za korisniku podrku tvrtke Garmin kako biste dobili upute o otpremi i RMA broj za praenje. Pravilno zapakirajte ureaj i priloite kopiju originalnog rauna koji je potreban kao dokaz kupnje radi popravaka obuhvaenih jamstvom. Na vanjskoj strani pakiranja napiite broj za praenje. Poaljite ureaj s unaprijed plaenom uslugom transporta bilo kojem servisu koji nudi jamstvene usluge tvrtke Garmin. Kupnja putem online aukcija: Proizvodi kupljeni na online aukcijama ne podlijeu popustima ili drugim posebnim ponudama unutar jamstva tvrtke Garmin. Potvrde online aukcija ne prihvaaju se kao potvrda jamstva. Za dobivanje jamstvene usluge potreban je izvornik ili kopija rauna od ovlatenog dobavljaa. Garmin nee zamijeniti komponente koje nedostaju iz paketa kupljenih putem online aukcije. Meunarodna kupovina: Meunarodni distributeri mogu dati zasebno jamstvo za ureaje koji su kupljeni izvan Sjedinjenih Amerikih Drava, ovisno o dravi. Ako je to primjenjivo, ovo jamstvo daje lokalni distributer koji osigurava i lokalno servisiranje vaeg ureaja. Jamstva distributera valjana su samo u podruju namijenjene distribucije. Ureaji kupljeni u SAD-u ili Kanadi za servisiranje se moraju slati servisnom centru tvrtke Garmin u Ujedinjenom Kraljevstvu, SAD-u, Kanadi ili Tajvanu. Jamstvo za pomorske ureaje: Odreeni pomorski ureaji tvrtke Garmin u odreenim podrujima imaju dua jamstvena razdoblja i dodatne uvjete i odredbe. Na stranici www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine moete pronai dodatne pojedinosti i provjeriti odnosi li se jamstvo za nautike ureaje tvrtke Garmin i na va proizvod.
, .
, , .
, ,
.
, ,
,
,
. ,
.
,
.
,
. ,
.
,
.
,
, .
, .
,
, , ,
/ .
/
.
,
(GNSS),
(GPS). GNSS. Garmin WEEE, RoHS, REACH, www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment.
, Garmin 1999/5/.
, www.garmin.com/compliance. H Garmin .
,
. , Garmin ,
.
,
. : (i)
, , , (ii) ,
,
, (iii) , , , , ,
, (iv) , Garmin, (v) Garmin (vi)
/
Garmin. , Garmin
/
.
, ,
. Garmin
. 90 .
, 90 1 , .
, Garmin Garmin,
(GNSS),
(GPS). GNSS.
,
, Garmin
, , , ,
,
,
.
,
. ,
. Garmin ,
, ,
,
. ,
. Garmin (
)
.
, Garmin Garmin
, RMA.
,
. Garmin.
:
Garmin. Garmin ,
.
: ...,
, .
, . ... Garmin ,
, .
: Garmin
. www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine Garmin .
/
/
(GNSS)
(GPS) GNSS Garmin WEEERoHSREACH www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment Garmin 1999/5/EC www.garmin.com/compliance Garmin Garmin
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv) Garmin (v) Garmin (vi) Garmin / /
/ Garmin Garmin 90 90 1 Garmin Garmin
(GNSS)
(GPS) GNSS Garmin 13 Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin RMA Garmin Garmin Garmin
/ /
Garmin Garmin www.garmin.com/support/warranty_marine Garmin 14
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2016-12-13 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Original Equipment |
2 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 | Effective |
2016-12-13
|
||||
1 2 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Garmin International Inc
|
||||
1 2 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0005088588
|
||||
1 2 | Physical Address |
1200 E. 151st. Street
|
||||
1 2 |
Olathe, Kansas 66062
|
|||||
1 2 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 | TCB Application Email Address |
T******@TIMCOENGR.COM
|
||||
1 2 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
1 2 |
A2: Low Power Transmitters (except Spread Spectrum) and radar detectors operating above 1 GHz
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 | Grantee Code |
IPH
|
||||
1 2 | Equipment Product Code |
03113
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 | Name |
D******** K********
|
||||
1 2 | Title |
Manager Environmental and Regulatory Affairs
|
||||
1 2 | Telephone Number |
91344********
|
||||
1 2 | Fax Number |
913 3********
|
||||
1 2 |
d******@garmin.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 | Equipment Class | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||||
1 2 | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter | |||||
1 2 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Digital Transmissions System 2412-2462 MHz | ||||
1 2 | Low Power Transmitter 2402-2480 MHz | |||||
1 2 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 | Grant Comments | Power listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | ||||
1 2 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 | Firm Name |
Rogers Labs, Inc.
|
||||
1 2 | Name |
S******** R******
|
||||
1 2 | Telephone Number |
913-8********
|
||||
1 2 | Fax Number |
913-8********
|
||||
1 2 |
r******@micoks.net
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2412.00000000 | 2462.00000000 | 0.0110000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC